Ingredion Incorporated Aktienkurs
Vergleich mit Peer Group
📊 Peer Group
📈 Was ist das?
Die Peer Group sind die Unternehmen mit dem ähnlichsten Geschäftsmodell. Sie dienen als Vergleichsmaßstab, um eine Aktie einzuordnen.
🧮 Wie wird sie ausgewählt?
Nach Ähnlichkeit des Geschäftsmodells, also Unternehmen aus derselben Branche, mit vergleichbaren Produkten und einer ähnlichen Kundengruppe. Nur so vergleichst du Äpfel mit Äpfeln.
🏛️ Wofür ist sie wichtig?
Ob eine Aktie günstig oder teuer ist, lässt sich am ehesten im Vergleich beurteilen. Ein KGV von 18 oder ein EV/FCF von 20 wirkt je nach Maßstab günstig oder teuer. Die Peer Group liefert dabei den treffsichersten Maßstab: Unternehmen mit ähnlichem Geschäftsmodell, die denselben Bedingungen unterliegen.
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
Liegt eine Kennzahl unter dem Peer-Durchschnitt, ist die Aktie relativ günstiger bewertet, über dem Durchschnitt entsprechend teurer. Ein Abschlag zur Peer Group kann eine Chance sein, aber auch einen Grund haben (zum Beispiel geringeres Wachstum). Der Vergleich ist ein Startpunkt, kein Urteil.
Ist Ingredion Incorporated eine Topscorer-Aktie nach der Dividenden-, High-Growth-Investing- oder Levermann-Strategie?
Als kostenloser aktien.guide Basis-Nutzer kannst Du die Scores zu allen 9.127 weltweiten Aktien einsehen.
aktien.guide Premium
aktien.guide Unlimited
Kennzahlen
📘 Marktkapitalisierung
📈 Was ist das?
Die Marktkapitalisierung zeigt, wie viel ein Unternehmen laut Börse aktuell wert ist.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Sie hilft Unternehmen in Größenklassen (Large, Mid, Small Cap) einzuordnen und gibt Hinweise auf Marktmacht und Stabilität.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Große Unternehmen gelten als stabiler, zahlen oft Dividenden, wachsen aber langsamer.
- Kleine Firmen können stärker wachsen, sind aber schwankungsanfälliger.
- Die Marktkapitalisierung ist ein guter Indikator für Unternehmensgröße, aber kein Maß für Unter- oder Überbewertung.
📘 Enterprise Value (Unternehmenswert)
📈 Was ist das?
Der Enterprise Value (EV) zeigt, was ein Unternehmen tatsächlich kostet, wenn man es komplett übernehmen würde – inklusive Schulden und abzüglich Cash.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
(= Marktkapitalisierung + Nettoverschuldung)
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Der EV ist eine realistischere Bewertungsbasis als die Marktkapitalisierung, da er die Kapitalstruktur berücksichtigt. Er ist Grundlage für Kennzahlen wie EV/FCF oder EV/Sales.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Der Enterprise Value zeigt, was ein Unternehmen tatsächlich wert ist – unabhängig davon, wie es finanziert ist.
- Er ist besonders wichtig für professionelle Investoren, da er eine objektivere Grundlage für Bewertungsvergleiche bietet als die Marktkapitalisierung allein.
- Ein Unternehmen mit hoher Verschuldung erscheint im EV teurer, eines mit viel Cash günstiger – auch wenn sie an der Börse gleich viel wert sind.
📘 Nettoverschuldung
📈 Was ist das?
Die Nettoverschuldung zeigt, wie viele Schulden nach Abzug des verfügbaren Cashs tatsächlich verbleiben.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Sie zeigt, wie stark ein Unternehmen von Fremdkapital abhängig ist – und wie gut es in der Lage ist, seine Schulden kurzfristig zu bedienen.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Eine niedrige oder negative Nettoverschuldung bedeutet hohe finanzielle Stabilität.
- Unternehmen mit viel Cash und geringer Verschuldung sind besser gerüstet für Krisen.
- Eine hohe Nettoverschuldung erhöht das Risiko – besonders bei steigenden Zinsen oder konjunkturellen Schwächen.
📘 Cash
📈 Was ist das?
Der Cashbestand zeigt, wie viele liquide Mittel einem Unternehmen sofort zur Verfügung stehen.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Er gibt Auskunft über die finanzielle Flexibilität: Ein hoher Cashbestand ermöglicht Investitionen, Rückkäufe oder Krisenresistenz.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein hoher Cashbestand zeigt finanzielle Stärke und Handlungsspielraum.
- Cash kann für Investitionen, Schuldentilgung oder Aktienrückkäufe genutzt werden.
- Allerdings: Zu viel ungenutztes Kapital kann auch auf mangelnde Investitionsideen hinweisen.
📘 Anzahl ausstehender Aktien
📈 Was ist das?
Die Anzahl ausstehender Aktien gibt an, wie viele Aktien eines Unternehmens aktuell im Umlauf sind und von Investoren gehalten werden.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Sie ist die Grundlage für viele Kennzahlen wie Gewinn je Aktie (EPS), Marktkapitalisierung oder KGV.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Je weniger Aktien im Umlauf sind, desto höher fällt z. B. der Gewinn je Aktie aus – wichtig für Bewertung und Dividendenrendite.
- Aktienrückkäufe verringern die Anzahl ausstehender Aktien – und steigern den Wert je Aktie.
- Kapitalerhöhungen haben den gegenteiligen Effekt: mehr Aktien → Verwässerung der bestehenden Anteile.
📘 Kurs-Gewinn-Verhältnis (KGV)
📈 Was ist das?
Das KGV zeigt, wie oft der Gewinn pro Aktie im aktuellen Aktienkurs enthalten ist – also wie „teuer“ eine Aktie im Verhältnis zum Gewinn ist.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Das KGV gehört zu den bekanntesten Bewertungskennzahlen. Es hilft Anlegern einzuschätzen, ob eine Aktie im Vergleich zu ihrem Gewinn eher günstig oder teuer erscheint.
🧮 Berechnung
📊 KGV (TTM) = bezogen auf den Gewinn der letzten 12 Monate (Trailing Twelve Months):🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein niedriges KGV kann auf eine günstige Bewertung hindeuten – oder auf Probleme im Geschäftsmodell.
- Ein hohes KGV kann Wachstumserwartungen widerspiegeln – oder eine überbewertete Aktie.
📘 Kurs-Umsatz-Verhältnis (KUV)
📈 Was ist das?
Das KUV zeigt, wie viel Anleger für 1 € Umsatz eines Unternehmens zahlen – unabhängig vom Gewinn.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Das KUV ist besonders bei wachstumsstarken oder noch nicht profitablen Unternehmen hilfreich. Es zeigt, wie hoch der Umsatz an der Börse bewertet wird.
🧮 Berechnung
Marktkapitalisierung = 6,09 Mrd. $ | Umsatz (TTM) = 7,22 Mrd. $
Marktkapitalisierung = 6,09 Mrd. $ | Umsatz erwartet = 7,35 Mrd. $
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein niedriges KUV kann auf Unterbewertung hindeuten – oder auf schwache Margen.
- Ein hohes KUV kann hohe Erwartungen widerspiegeln – oder übermäßigen Optimismus.
- Besonders sinnvoll bei Wachstumsunternehmen, bei denen der Gewinn oder Free Cashflow (noch) keine Aussagekraft hat.
📘 Unternehmenswert zu Umsatz (EV/Sales)
📈 Was ist das?
EV/Sales zeigt, wie viel Anleger für 1 € Umsatz eines Unternehmens zahlen, wenn man auch Schulden und Cash berücksichtigt – es ist eine kapitalstrukturbereinigte Version des KUV.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Diese Kennzahl eignet sich besonders für den Vergleich von Unternehmen mit unterschiedlicher Verschuldung – sie zeigt, wie teuer ein Unternehmen tatsächlich im Verhältnis zum Umsatz ist.
🧮 Berechnung
Enterprise Value = 6,92 Mrd. $ | Umsatz (TTM) = 7,22 Mrd. $
Enterprise Value = 6,92 Mrd. $ | Umsatz erwartet = 7,35 Mrd. $
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- EV/Sales ist neutral gegenüber der Kapitalstruktur und eignet sich gut für Unternehmensvergleiche.
- Ein niedriges Verhältnis kann auf eine günstig bewertete Aktie hindeuten – ein hohes Verhältnis auf hohe Erwartungen oder Überbewertung.
- Besonders nützlich bei wachstumsstarken, noch nicht profitablen Firmen.
📘 Unternehmenswert zu Free Cashflow (EV/FCF)
📈 Was ist das?
EV/FCF zeigt, wie viele Jahre es dauern würde, bis ein Unternehmen seinen Unternehmenswert durch freien Cashflow „zurückverdient”.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Diese Kennzahl hilft, Unternehmen auf Basis ihrer tatsächlichen Cash-Erträge zu bewerten – unabhängig von Bilanzierungsregeln oder buchhalterischem Gewinn.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein niedriges EV/FCF deutet auf eine günstige Bewertung bei starker Cashgenerierung hin.
- Ein hohes EV/FCF kann entweder auf Optimismus oder auf temporär schwachen Cashflow hindeuten.
- Besonders hilfreich bei reifen, profitablen Unternehmen mit stabilen Cashflows.
📘 Kurs-Buchwert-Verhältnis (KBV)
📈 Was ist das?
Das KBV zeigt, wie hoch der Marktwert eines Unternehmens im Verhältnis zu seinem bilanziellen Eigenkapital ist.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Das KBV ist besonders bei Substanzwerten (z. B. Banken, Industrie) relevant. Es hilft Anlegern zu erkennen, ob ein Unternehmen unter oder über seinem buchhalterischen Vermögen bewertet ist.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein KBV unter 1 kann auf Unterbewertung oder schwache Rentabilität hindeuten.
- Ein KBV über 1 zeigt, dass der Markt dem Unternehmen Mehrwert über den Buchwert hinaus zuschreibt (z. B. Marken, Patente, Wachstum).
- Das KBV eignet sich besonders gut für Unternehmen mit stabilen, materiellen Vermögenswerten.
📘 Dividende je Aktie
📈 Was ist das?
Die Dividende je Aktie zeigt, wie viel Geld ein Unternehmen pro Aktie an seine Aktionäre ausschüttet – typischerweise jährlich oder quartalsweise.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Sie ist die absolute Größe der Auszahlung je Aktie – wichtig für alle, die regelmäßige Erträge suchen oder Dividendenstrategien verfolgen.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Eine stabile oder wachsende Dividende je Aktie ist oft ein Zeichen für ein solides Geschäftsmodell.
- Die Dividende je Aktie allein sagt aber nichts über die Rendite – dafür ist auch der Aktienkurs relevant (→ Dividendenrendite).
- Langfristig steigende Dividenden sind oft ein sehr gutes Merkmal (z. B. Dividenden-Aristokraten).
📘 Dividendenrendite
📈 Was ist das?
Die Dividendenrendite zeigt, wie hoch die Dividende eines Unternehmens im Verhältnis zum Aktienkurs ist.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Sie hilft dabei, Dividendenaktien vergleichbar zu machen – unabhängig vom absoluten Auszahlungsbetrag.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Eine stabile Dividendenrendite kann auf verlässliche Ausschüttungen hinweisen.
- Ein Vergleich der 1J- und 5J-Rendite hilft zu erkennen, ob das Dividendenwachstum mit dem Kurswachstum Schritt hält.
- Eine niedrige Rendite ist nicht zwingend negativ – sie kann auf starkes Kurswachstum hindeuten.
📘 Dividendenwachstum
📈 Was ist das?
Das Dividendenwachstum zeigt, wie stark ein Unternehmen seine Dividende je Aktie über die Zeit gesteigert hat.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
5J: durchschnittliche jährliche Wachstumsrate (CAGR)
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Stetig steigende Dividenden gelten als Zeichen für finanzielle Stärke und Aktionärsorientierung – besonders interessant für langfristige Investoren.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein stabiles Dividendenwachstum ist ein Zeichen nachhaltiger Ertragskraft.
- Ein hohes Dividendenwachstum kann ein erheblicher Hebel deiner Rendite sein:
- Wenn ein Unternehmen z. B. 1 € Dividende zahlt und diese über 5 Jahre jährlich um 15 % erhöht, bekommst du im 5. Jahr bereits 2 € je Aktie – doppelt so viel wie zu Beginn!
📘 Ausschüttungsquote (Payout)
📈 Was ist das?
Die Ausschüttungsquote zeigt, wie viel Prozent des Unternehmensgewinns (pro Aktie) als Dividende an die Aktionäre ausgeschüttet wird.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Die Quote hilft einzuschätzen, ob eine Dividende auf Dauer tragfähig ist – besonders im Verhältnis zum erzielten Gewinn.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Eine niedrige Ausschüttungsquote bedeutet: Das Unternehmen behält einen größeren Teil des Gewinns für Investitionen – typisch für Wachstumsunternehmen.
- Eine moderate Quote (z. B. 25–50 %) steht oft für ein gesundes Gleichgewicht zwischen Ausschüttung und Zukunftsinvestitionen.
- Hohe Ausschüttungsquoten können attraktiv wirken, sind aber riskanter, wenn die Gewinne schwanken oder sinken.
📘 Dividendensteigerungen in Folge (Erhöhungen)
📈 Was ist das?
Diese Kennzahl zeigt, wie viele Jahre in Folge ein Unternehmen seine Dividende pro Aktie erhöht hat – ohne Kürzung oder Aussetzung.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Ein langer Track Record kontinuierlicher Erhöhungen spricht für Verlässlichkeit, solide Finanzen und aktionärsfreundliche Unternehmenspolitik.
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein langer Zeitraum mit Dividendensteigerungen stärkt das Vertrauen – besonders in Krisenzeiten.
- Solche Unternehmen gelten als verlässlich und planbar für Einkommensinvestoren.
- Je länger die Serie, desto stärker das Commitment gegenüber den Aktionären.
📘 Umsatz
📈 Was ist das?
Der Umsatz zeigt, wie viel ein Unternehmen insgesamt mit seinen Produkten und Dienstleistungen verdient – also den Bruttoerlös vor Abzug von Kosten.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Der Umsatz ist eine der zentralen Kennzahlen zur Einschätzung der Unternehmensgröße, Marktstellung und Wachstumskraft.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein wachsender Umsatz zeigt eine steigende Nachfrage und kann ein guter Frühindikator für Gewinnsteigerungen sein.
- Vergleiche von aktuellem und erwartetem Umsatz geben Hinweise auf das Marktumfeld und Analystenerwartungen.
- Wichtig: Starker Umsatz allein genügt nicht – auch Margen und Profitabilität zählen.
📘 EBITDA
📈 Was ist das?
EBITDA steht für „Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization“ – also Gewinn vor Zinsen, Steuern und Abschreibungen. Es zeigt das operative Ergebnis eines Unternehmens, bereinigt um bilanztechnische und finanzierungsbedingte Effekte.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
EBITDA ist eine verbreitete Kennzahl zur Beurteilung der operativen Leistungsfähigkeit – insbesondere bei kapitalintensiven Unternehmen oder im internationalen Vergleich.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein hohes oder wachsendes EBITDA spricht für starke operative Erträge – unabhängig von Bilanzierung oder Steuerlast.
- EBITDA ist besonders nützlich, um Unternehmen branchenübergreifend zu vergleichen.
- Wichtig: EBITDA ist keine offizielle Gewinnkennzahl – Abschreibungen und Finanzierungskosten werden ausgeklammert.
📘 EBIT
📈 Was ist das?
EBIT steht für „Earnings Before Interest and Taxes“ – also Gewinn vor Zinsen und Steuern. Es zeigt das operative Ergebnis eines Unternehmens nach Abschreibungen, aber vor Finanzierungs- und Steueraufwand.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
EBIT ist eine zentrale Kennzahl zur Beurteilung der Profitabilität aus dem Kerngeschäft – unabhängig von Kapitalstruktur oder Steuersystem.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein hohes EBIT deutet auf ein profitables Kerngeschäft hin – vor Zinslasten oder steuerlichen Effekten.
- Es erlaubt objektivere Vergleiche zwischen Unternehmen mit unterschiedlicher Finanzierung.
- Im Vergleich mit EBITDA zeigt EBIT bereits den Einfluss von Abschreibungen auf das operative Ergebnis.
📘 Nettogewinn
📈 Was ist das?
Der Nettogewinn ist der verbleibende Jahresüberschuss (oder -fehlbetrag) eines Unternehmens – nach Abzug aller Kosten, Steuern, Zinsen und Abschreibungen
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Der Nettogewinn ist die zentrale Erfolgskennzahl – er zeigt, wie profitabel ein Unternehmen nach allen Kosten tatsächlich arbeitet.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein steigender Nettogewinn zeigt, dass das Unternehmen effizient wirtschaftet – trotz aller Kosten.
- Die Entwicklung des Gewinns beeinflusst z. B. direkt das KGV und weitere Kennzahlen.
- Im Zeitverlauf lässt sich ablesen, wie stabil und profitabel ein Geschäftsmodell wirklich ist.
📘 Free Cashflow (FCF)
📈 Was ist das?
Der Free Cashflow gibt Aufschluss über die echte finanzielle Stärke eines Unternehmens – unabhängig von Bilanzierungsregeln. Er zeigt, wie viel Spielraum für Dividenden, Aktienrückkäufe oder Schuldenabbau besteht.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
FCF reflects a company’s real financial strength – regardless of accounting profits. It shows how much flexibility a company has for dividends, share buybacks, or debt reduction.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein hoher Free Cashflow bedeutet, dass ein Unternehmen echte Finanzkraft besitzt – unabhängig vom bilanzierten Gewinn.
- Er ist oft die solideste Grundlage für nachhaltige Dividenden und Aktienrückkäufe.
- Sinkender FCF kann ein Warnsignal sein – auch wenn der Gewinn stabil aussieht.
📘 Umsatzwachstum
📈 Was ist das?
Das Umsatzwachstum zeigt, wie stark sich die Erlöse eines Unternehmens im Vergleich zum Vorjahr verändert haben – tatsächlich (TTM) und auf Prognosebasis (erwartet).
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
Erwartet = (Umsatz erwartet ÷ Umsatz Vorjahr − 1) × 100
Erwartetes Wachstum basiert auf Analystenschätzungen für das laufende Geschäftsjahr.
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Ein wachsender Umsatz ist ein zentrales Signal für steigende Nachfrage, Geschäftsausweitung und Marktanteilsgewinne – besonders bei Wachstumsunternehmen.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Wachstum ist der Motor langfristiger Wertsteigerung – besonders bei Technologie- und Wachstumsaktien.
- Wichtig ist nicht nur das aktuelle Wachstum, sondern auch dessen Nachhaltigkeit.
- Prognosen zeigen, ob Analysten weiteres Potenzial erwarten – oder eine Verlangsamung.
📘 EBITDA-Wachstum
📈 Was ist das?
Das EBITDA-Wachstum zeigt, wie stark das operative Ergebnis eines Unternehmens vor Zinsen, Steuern und Abschreibungen im Vergleich zum Vorjahr gestiegen oder gesunken ist.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
Erwartet = (erwartetes EBITDA ÷ EBITDA Vorjahr − 1) × 100
Erwartetes Wachstum basiert auf Analystenschätzungen für das laufende Geschäftsjahr.
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Ein steigendes EBITDA ist ein Zeichen für verbesserte operative Ertragskraft – unabhängig von Finanzierungsstruktur oder Abschreibungen.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Starkes EBITDA-Wachstum signalisiert operative Effizienz und Skalierung – besonders relevant in Wachstumsphasen.
- EBITDA-Wachstum ist ein Frühindikator für Margen- und Gewinnentwicklung – sollte aber stets im Zusammenhang mit Umsatz und EBIT betrachtet werden.
📘 EBIT Wachstum
📈 Was ist das?
Das EBIT-Wachstum zeigt, wie stark das operative Ergebnis eines Unternehmens (nach Abschreibungen, aber vor Zinsen und Steuern) im Vergleich zum Vorjahr gewachsen ist.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
Erwartet = (erwartetes EBIT ÷ EBIT Vorjahr − 1) × 100
Erwartetes Wachstum basiert auf Analystenschätzungen für das laufende Geschäftsjahr.
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Das EBIT-Wachstum ist ein direkter Indikator für die wirtschaftliche Entwicklung des operativen Geschäfts – unter Berücksichtigung der Kapitalintensität (Abschreibungen).
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Steigendes EBIT signalisiert wachsende operative Rentabilität – auch unter Berücksichtigung von Abschreibungen.
- Das EBIT-Wachstum ist ein wichtiges Maß zur Beurteilung von Geschäftsmodellen mit hohen Investitionskosten.
- Im Zusammenspiel mit Umsatz- und EBITDA-Wachstum ergibt sich ein umfassendes Bild zur operativen Entwicklung.
📘 Nettogewinn-Wachstum
📈 Was ist das?
Das Nettogewinn-Wachstum zeigt, wie stark der Jahresüberschuss eines Unternehmens gegenüber dem Vorjahr gestiegen oder gesunken ist – sowohl tatsächlich (TTM) als auch auf Basis von Prognosen (erwartet).
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
Erwartet = (erwarteter Nettogewinn ÷ Nettogewinn Vorjahr − 1) × 100
Der erwartete Wert basiert auf Analystenschätzungen für das laufende Geschäftsjahr.
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Der Gewinn ist die entscheidende Ergebnisgröße für ein Unternehmen. Ein wachsender Nettogewinn deutet auf steigende Effizienz, stabile Kostenkontrolle und nachhaltige Ertragskraft hin.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Wachsender Nettogewinn stärkt die Bewertung, Dividendenfähigkeit und Kursfantasie.
- Stagnierender oder rückläufiger Gewinn trotz Umsatzwachstum kann auf Margendruck hinweisen.
📘 Free Cashflow-Wachstum
📈 Was ist das?
Das Free-Cashflow-Wachstum zeigt, wie sich der freie Mittelzufluss eines Unternehmens im Vergleich zum Vorjahr verändert hat – also der Betrag, der nach allen operativen Ausgaben und Investitionen übrig bleibt.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Free Cashflow ist der echte, verfügbare Geldzufluss. Wachstum in diesem Bereich ist ein Zeichen für finanzielle Stärke und steigende Flexibilität bei Dividenden, Rückkäufen oder Investitionen.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Sinkender Free Cashflow kann auf steigende Investitionen, höhere Kosten oder stagnierende operative Erträge hindeuten.
- Besonders bei Dividendenwerten ist das FCF-Wachstum wichtig – denn Dividenden werden letztlich aus dem verfügbaren Cash gezahlt.
- Ein negativer Trend sollte genauer analysiert werden – er ist nicht zwangsläufig schlecht, aber potenziell ein Warnsignal.
📘 Bruttomarge
📈 Was ist das?
Die Bruttomarge zeigt, wie viel vom Umsatz nach Abzug der direkten Herstellungskosten (Material, Produktion) als Bruttogewinn übrig bleibt – also der „Rohgewinn“ eines Unternehmens.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
Auch: Bruttomarge = Bruttogewinn ÷ Umsatz × 100
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Die Bruttomarge gibt Aufschluss über die Profitabilität eines Produkts oder Geschäftsmodells vor Fixkosten, Steuern und Zinsen. Sie zeigt, wie effizient ein Unternehmen produzieren oder einkaufen kann.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Eine hohe Bruttomarge deutet auf starke Preissetzungsmacht und effiziente Herstellung hin.
- Sinkende Bruttomargen können auf Kostensteigerungen oder Preisdruck hindeuten.
- Besonders im Vergleich zu Wettbewerbern liefert die Bruttomarge wertvolle Einblicke in die Geschäftsqualität.
📘 EBITDA-Marge
📈 Was ist das?
Die EBITDA-Marge zeigt, wie viel vom Umsatz als operativer Gewinn vor Zinsen, Steuern und Abschreibungen (EBITDA) übrig bleibt. Sie misst die operative Effizienz – ohne Verzerrungen durch Finanzierung oder Buchwerte.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Die EBITDA-Marge hilft zu verstehen, wie viel operativer Gewinn ein Unternehmen aus jedem Euro Umsatz erzielt – unabhängig von Kapitalstruktur oder steuerlichem Umfeld.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Eine hohe EBITDA-Marge zeigt starke operative Ertragskraft – unabhängig von Bilanzierungseffekten.
- Die Marge ermöglicht gute Vergleiche zwischen Unternehmen und Branchen.
- Ein stabiler oder wachsender Wert kann auf effiziente Kostenkontrolle und Skalierbarkeit hindeuten.
📘 EBIT-Marge
📈 Was ist das?
Die EBIT-Marge zeigt, wie viel Prozent des Umsatzes als operativer Gewinn nach Abschreibungen, aber vor Zinsen und Steuern übrig bleiben.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Die EBIT-Marge misst die operative Ertragskraft eines Unternehmens unter Berücksichtigung der Kapitalintensität (z. B. Maschinen, Anlagen). Sie eignet sich gut zum Vergleich von Geschäftsmodellen mit unterschiedlich hohen Abschreibungen.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Eine hohe EBIT-Marge zeigt, dass ein Unternehmen auch nach Abschreibungen effizient arbeitet.
- Sie ist besonders relevant in kapitalintensiven Branchen.
- Langfristig stabile oder steigende Margen sind ein Zeichen wirtschaftlicher Stärke und Preissetzungsmacht.
📘 Nettomarge
📈 Was ist das?
Die Nettomarge zeigt, wie viel vom Umsatz am Ende als „Reingewinn“ übrig bleibt – also nach Abzug aller Kosten, Zinsen, Steuern und Abschreibungen.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Die Nettomarge gibt an, wie effizient ein Unternehmen über alle Stufen hinweg wirtschaftet. Sie zeigt, wie viel Gewinn tatsächlich je Euro Umsatz übrig bleibt.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Eine hohe Nettomarge zeigt, dass ein Unternehmen nicht nur operativ stark ist, sondern auch seine Finanzierung und Steuerbelastung im Griff hat.
- Vergleiche mit Wettbewerbern geben Einblicke in die wirtschaftliche Qualität.
- Sinkende Nettomargen trotz Umsatzwachstum können ein Warnsignal sein – etwa für steigende Kosten oder sinkende Effizienz.
📘 Free Cashflow Marge
📈 Was ist das?
Die Free-Cashflow-Marge zeigt, wie viel vom Umsatz nach Abzug aller operativen Ausgaben und Investitionen tatsächlich als freier Mittelzufluss übrig bleibt.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Diese Marge misst die echte Liquidität, die ein Unternehmen erwirtschaftet – unabhängig von Bilanzierungsregeln oder Abschreibungen. Sie ist besonders relevant für Dividenden, Rückkäufe und Investitionen.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Eine hohe Free-Cashflow-Marge zeigt, dass ein Unternehmen nachhaltig liquide Mittel erwirtschaftet.
- Sie ist ein starkes Signal für finanzielle Stabilität und Ausschüttungspotenzial.
- Wichtig ist der langfristige Trend – sinkende Werte können auf steigende Investitionen oder rückläufige operative Effizienz hindeuten.
📘 Eigenkapitalquote
📈 Was ist das?
Die Eigenkapitalquote zeigt, wie hoch der Anteil des Eigenkapitals an der Bilanzsumme eines Unternehmens ist – also wie stark es sich aus eigenen Mitteln finanziert.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Eine hohe Eigenkapitalquote steht für finanzielle Stabilität, Krisenfestigkeit und gute Bonität. Sie ist besonders relevant bei der Beurteilung der Verschuldung.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Eine hohe Eigenkapitalquote signalisiert finanzielle Stabilität – besonders in Krisenzeiten.
- Ein niedriger Wert kann auf ein höheres Risiko oder eine aggressive Verschuldung hinweisen.
- Wichtig: Die Eigenkapitalquote sollte immer gemeinsam mit der Eigenkapitalrendite betrachtet werden. Nur so lässt sich beurteilen, ob ein Unternehmen nicht nur solide, sondern auch effizient wirtschaftet.
📘 Eigenkapitalrendite (ROE)
📈 Was ist das?
Die Eigenkapitalrendite zeigt, wie effizient ein Unternehmen mit dem Kapital seiner Aktionäre arbeitet – also wie viel Gewinn es pro Euro Eigenkapital erwirtschaftet.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Die Eigenkapitalrendite ist eine zentrale Rentabilitätskennzahl. Sie hilft Anlegern zu erkennen, ob das Unternehmen eine attraktive Verzinsung auf das eingesetzte Eigenkapital erwirtschaftet.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Eine hohe Eigenkapitalrendite spricht für ein starkes, effizientes Geschäftsmodell.
- Besonders interessant ist sie bei kapitalintensiven Firmen oder solchen mit hoher Eigenkapitalquote.
- Wichtig: Ein sehr hoher ROE kann auch auf hohe Schulden hinweisen – daher sollte sie immer im Kontext mit der Eigenkapitalquote betrachtet werden.
📘 Return on Capital Employed (ROCE)
📈 Was ist das?
ROCE misst die Gesamtrentabilität eines Unternehmens – also wie effizient es das eingesetzte Kapital (Eigen- und Fremdkapital) zur Gewinnerzielung nutzt.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
Das eingesetzte Kapital ist das gesamte betriebsnotwendige Kapital, unabhängig von der Finanzierungsquelle.
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
ROCE eignet sich besonders gut für den Vergleich unterschiedlich finanzierter Unternehmen. Es zeigt, wie effektiv ein Unternehmen Kapital investiert – unabhängig von der Kapitalstruktur.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein hoher ROCE zeigt, dass ein Unternehmen sein Kapital effizient einsetzt – unabhängig davon, ob es durch Eigen- oder Fremdkapital finanziert ist.
- Je höher der ROCE im Vergleich zu ähnlichen Unternehmen, desto mehr Wert schafft das Unternehmen mit seinem investierten Kapital.
- Besonders wichtig ist der ROCE bei Firmen mit hohen Investitionen – z. B. in Industrie, Energie oder Infrastruktur.
📘 Return on Invested Capital (ROIC)
📈 Was ist das?
ROIC zeigt, wie effizient ein Unternehmen das Kapital investiert, das langfristig im operativen Geschäft gebunden ist – unabhängig davon, ob es aus Eigen- oder Fremdkapital stammt.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
- NOPAT = „Net Operating Profit After Taxes“
- Investiertes Kapital = operatives Vermögen abzüglich nicht-verzinster Schulden
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
ROIC ist eine der präzisesten Kennzahlen zur Bewertung der Kapitalrendite – besonders im Vergleich zur Eigenkapitalrendite, weil es Verzerrungen durch Schulden vermeidet. Er zeigt, ob ein Unternehmen Mehrwert für alle Kapitalgeber schafft.
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein hoher ROIC zeigt, wie gut ein Unternehmen mit dem tatsächlich investierten (betriebsnotwendigen) Kapital wirtschaftet.
- Im Unterschied zu ROCE wird nur Kapital betrachtet, das wirklich zur Finanzierung operativer Aktivitäten dient – und verzinst werden muss.
- Besonders hilfreich, um die Kapitalrendite von Unternehmen mit viel „überschüssigem“ Kapital oder zinsfreien Verbindlichkeiten realistisch zu vergleichen.
📘 Verschuldungsgrad (Leverage Ratio)
📈 Was ist das?
Der Verschuldungsgrad zeigt, wie stark ein Unternehmen durch verzinsliche Schulden (z. B. Kredite und Anleihen) im Verhältnis zum Eigenkapital finanziert ist.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Die Kennzahl hilft, das finanzielle Risiko und die Abhängigkeit von Fremdkapital zu beurteilen. Ein hoher Verschuldungsgrad kann die Eigenkapitalrendite steigern – birgt aber auch erhöhte Risiken bei Zinsanstiegen oder Liquiditätsengpässen.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein niedriger Verschuldungsgrad steht für finanzielle Stabilität und Unabhängigkeit.
- Ein hoher Wert kann auf erhöhte Risiken hinweisen – insbesondere bei schwankenden Zinsen oder konjunkturellen Schwächen.
- Wichtig: Immer im Kontext zur Branche und Kapitalintensität bewerten.
📘 Ergebnis je Aktie (EPS)
📈 Was ist das?
Das Ergebnis je Aktie (EPS) zeigt, wie viel Gewinn auf eine einzelne Aktie entfällt – und ist eine der wichtigsten Kennzahlen zur Bewertung von Unternehmen.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
Die verwässerte Aktienanzahl berücksichtigt auch potenzielle neue Aktien, etwa durch Optionen, Wandelanleihen oder andere Umtauschrechte.
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
EPS bildet die Basis für viele Bewertungskennzahlen wie KGV, PEG oder Payout Ratio. Es macht den Gewinn für Aktionäre vergleichbar – unabhängig von der Unternehmensgröße.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- EPS hilft, die Profitabilität pro Aktie zu erfassen – und ist besonders wichtig im Zeitvergleich oder im Vergleich mit Analystenschätzungen.
- Steigendes EPS kann ein Zeichen für stabiles Wachstum oder Aktienrückkäufe sein.
- Wichtig: Verwende verwässertes EPS für realistische Bewertungen – besonders bei stark aktienbasierten Vergütungssystemen.
📘 Free Cashflow je Aktie (FCF je Aktie)
📈 Was ist das?
Der Free Cashflow je Aktie zeigt, wie viel freier Mittelzufluss einem Unternehmen pro Aktie zur Verfügung steht – nach Investitionen, aber vor Dividenden oder Schuldentilgung.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Der FCF je Aktie zeigt, wie viel liquide Mittel pro Aktie tatsächlich im Unternehmen verbleiben – wichtig für Dividenden, Aktienrückkäufe oder Schuldentilgung. Im Gegensatz zum Gewinn ist er schwerer manipulierbar und daher besonders aussagekräftig.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein hoher Free Cashflow je Aktie ist ein Zeichen für hohe finanzielle Flexibilität.
- Er zeigt, wie viel Kapital ein Unternehmen effektiv einsetzen oder ausschütten kann.
- Besonders relevant für dividendenstarke Unternehmen oder solche mit starker Kapitalrendite.
📘 Short Interest
📈 Was ist das?
Short Interest zeigt, wie viele Aktien eines Unternehmens aktuell leerverkauft wurden – also von Investoren geliehen und verkauft, in der Erwartung fallender Kurse.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
Der Wert zeigt den Anteil der Aktien, der aktuell auf fallende Kurse spekuliert wird.
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Short Interest dient als Stimmungsindikator: Ein hoher Wert deutet auf Skepsis oder negative Erwartungen gegenüber dem Unternehmen hin – kann aber auch zu einem „Short Squeeze“ führen, wenn der Kurs plötzlich steigt.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein niedriger Short Interest deutet auf Vertrauen in das Unternehmen hin.
- Ein hoher Wert kann ein Warnsignal sein – oder eine Chance, wenn sich die Stimmung dreht.
- Besonders spannend in volatilen Märkten oder vor wichtigen Quartalszahlen.
📘 Employees
📈 Was ist das?
Die Mitarbeiteranzahl zeigt, wie viele Personen ein Unternehmen weltweit beschäftigt – ein Indikator für Größe, Struktur und Geschäftsmodell.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Sie hilft bei der Einschätzung von Skaleneffekten, Effizienz und Personalkosten. Zusammen mit Umsatz und Gewinn lassen sich Kennzahlen wie Produktivität je Mitarbeiter ableiten.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Viele Mitarbeiter bedeuten große operative Komplexität – aber auch hohes Umsatzpotenzial.
- Produktivität je Mitarbeiter ist ein wichtiger Indikator für Effizienz.
- Besonders spannend bei stark wachsenden Tech- oder Industrieunternehmen.
📘 Umsatz je Mitarbeiter
📈 Was ist das?
Der Umsatz je Mitarbeiter zeigt, wie viel Erlös ein Unternehmen durchschnittlich pro Beschäftigtem erwirtschaftet – eine Kennzahl für Effizienz und Produktivität.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
Die Mitarbeiterzahl stammt in der Regel aus dem letzten verfügbaren Jahresbericht.
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Diese Kennzahl hilft, Geschäftsmodelle zu vergleichen – insbesondere zwischen arbeitsintensiven und technologiegetriebenen Unternehmen. Ein hoher Wert deutet auf Automatisierung, Effizienz oder hohen Wertschöpfungsanteil hin.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein hoher Umsatz je Mitarbeiter spricht für ein skalierbares und margenstarkes Geschäftsmodell.
- Ein niedriger Wert kann auf arbeitsintensive Prozesse oder geringere Wertschöpfung hinweisen.
- Besonders hilfreich beim Vergleich von Tech- vs. Industrieunternehmen.
Ingredion Incorporated Aktie Analyse
Analystenmeinungen
14 Analysten haben eine Ingredion Incorporated Prognose abgegeben:
Analystenmeinungen
14 Analysten haben eine Ingredion Incorporated Prognose abgegeben:
Ingredion Incorporated Events
🇩🇪 Neu: Alle Transkripte jetzt auch auf Deutsch verfügbar!
Abonniere Premium, um Transkripte und KI-Zusammenfassungen auf Deutsch zu lesen.
Vergangene Events
|
SEP
8
Barclays 19th Annual Global Consumer Staples Conference
vor 17 Tagen
|
|
AUG
4
Q2 2026 Earnings Call
vor etwa 2 Monaten
|
|
MAI
5
Q1 2026 Earnings Call
vor 5 Monaten
|
|
FEB
17
Consumer Analyst Group of New York Conference 2026
vor 7 Monaten
|
|
FEB
3
Q4 2025 Earnings Call
vor 8 Monaten
|
|
NOV
4
Q3 2025 Earnings Call
vor 11 Monaten
|
|
SEP
17
Analyst/Investor Day - Ingredion Incorporated
vor etwa einem Jahr
|
aktien.guide Basis
Ingredion Incorporated — Barclays 19th Annual Global Consumer Staples Conference
1. Question Answer
Good day. Thank you very much for joining us. Next on stage, we have Ingredion, a leading global ingredient solutions provider. We're pleased to welcome Jim Zallie to the stage, who was appointed President and CEO of Ingredion in January of 2018, elected to the Board of Directors in September '17 and now serves also as Chairman of the Board. Given the announced acquisition plan for Tate & Lyle, Jim will address the deal in his opening remarks and then our focus during the fireside questions will be on current business developments. With that, Jim, please go ahead.
Thank you, Ben, and it's a pleasure to be back at the Barclays Conference. It's been a busy year for Ingredion as we continue to transform our portfolio, our business. And as you'll see with the announced acquisition of Tate & Lyle to continue to create the future of food on behalf of our customers and with our customers. So let me get right into it. Obviously, anything I say today will be protected by the safe harbor provisions in the forward-looking statements. For those of you that are not familiar with Ingredion, I just wanted to give you a quick snapshot.
We're a global ingredient solutions provider. We've been around for a long time, more than 100 years. Revenue is $7.2 billion. We're traded on the New York Stock Exchange. Market cap $6.6 billion, as you can see. But most importantly is the global reach and the extensive customer intimacy, 15,000 customers around the world and ship and sell products in 120 countries around the world. And our business, we resegmented it a few years ago, and it's a combination of global and/or multiregional multi-country segments. One is Global Texture and Healthful Solutions, about 1/3 of our revenue. Food and Industrial Ingredients, LatAm, you could see also about 1/3 of our revenue, Food and Industrial Ingredients, U.S., Canada, about 30%; and then other businesses, which is made up of the Pakistan business, which we recently sold a majority stake in as well as our sugar reduction and protein fortification businesses. 75% sold to food and beverage, 20% approximately sold to nonfood applications, which would be industrial, but also into pharma and personal care businesses, which are increasingly becoming larger and important and higher margins and growing fast.
And then we grind a lot of corn and we sell that for animal nutrition. And the cash flow, the strong cash flow that the business has generated over the last 3 years, we've generated more than $1 billion of cash each and every year. This year, projected $700 million to $800 million. A lot of that comes from the Food and Industrial Ingredients segments that we then are investing into the faster-growing Texture and Healthful Solutions business. And so these are the 3 segments, and they're scalable. They are profitable businesses in their own right. And they are all about working with customers to enable customers to generate consumer-preferred innovation through the ingredients we supply to give them a front-of-pack labeling differentiation. For example, texture, a certain texture, a certain crispness or crunchiness or velvety texture or protein fortified claim or the ability to reduce sugar. So we're all about influencing front-of-pack claims and consumer-preferred innovation.
The Global Texture and Healthful Solutions business, I wanted to highlight because it's at the center of the strategy for the acquisition to acquire Tate & Lyle. Tate & Lyle is going to bring $2.7 billion of revenue. This business $2.4 billion. So together, more than $5 billion with the combined company, it will be more than 50% of our revenue. But this business has been doing very well, 9 consecutive quarters for net sales volume growth this past quarter, quarter 2 and the second highest operating income in the business' history.
And the operating margin, which you can see going back from '24, '25, and you can see in this most recent quarter at 18.7%, continuing to increase its margins, a lot of focus on solution selling, which inherently have higher margins and also just higher growth rates as well. And we have been reshaping our portfolio, transforming our portfolio over a number of years, if you've been tracking us over, say, the last decade. But most recently, in the last couple of years, we divested our South Korea business. That was a business that had exposure to high fructose corn syrup and industrial starch pretty much. We divested that.
We sold it at a multiple above our current multiple or the multiple at the time, and we generated $250 million of proceeds. This most recently, in June, we divested the majority stake, 51% of our position, which we held for many, many years, many decades in Pakistan. It was a great business at the time, but not strategic to where we want to take the portfolio into the future more towards higher-value specialties. It was a business that was exposed to textiles and also into glucose syrups. Predominantly, we generated $165 million of net proceeds from that. And also, we announced most recently last year, the closure and execution of the Alcantara facility in Brazil outside of Rio and then invested in our Mogi Guacu facility, and that went off seamlessly. And then most recently this year, announced the closure and divestment of our Cabo facility. But the big news was on June 8, where we announced the acquisition -- intended acquisition of Tate & Lyle, significant enterprise value of $5 billion.
It adds to our Texture portfolio, mouthfeel, fiber fortification and sugar reduction capabilities. We also announced a stronger entry into India. For the last couple of years, we've made acquisitions in pharma for India. And I think of it this way, taking the investments in Pakistan and basically putting them into the most populous country in the world that's growing at a nice clip, but also very strong pharma presence and a lot of upside in food ingredients as well. And we partnered with a very strong company called Sanstar, one of the leading corn wet millers, a good family-owned business, but also publicly listed in India and had cultivated that relationship for a number of years and then consolidated an acquisition of a company called Mannitab for pharmaceutical excipients also in India as well. And so the net effect is we're transforming the portfolio to a higher growth, higher-margin mix. And again, with Tate & Lyle, more than 50% of the portfolio in Texture and Healthful solutions.
And this, as you can see, the revenue will get to approximately $10 billion and the EBITDA at $1.8 billion. And you can see the fact that there's really 2 complementary portfolios. And really, what it does is it creates more scale for us to service our customers. And that portfolio will give us an ability to provide more differentiated value, specifically through solution selling. Both companies focus more and more on solution selling, but think of it as adding more tools to the toolbox to provide more textural innovation, more sugar reduction solutions and more fiber fortification, which are highly on trend as the reformulation boom takes place, appealing towards increased regulation around products to be healthier, more clean label, and also enables us to also provide more affordable solutions as well. The other thing that it does is it provides a complementary network of supply with more inherent just naturally built-in redundancies of supply.
And that is something that we're hearing from customers, they're very pleased about because of what they went through during the pandemic, during the supply chain crisis, but also what's happening right now geopolitically with increasing tensions related to tariffs or related to energy prices. And having reliable supply is one of the things also that we think is going to position us as a preferred supplier with this combination and makes it very compelling. And it makes us better positioned to serve consumer needs and address industry trends such as clean label, again, affordability, sugar reduction. We call multisensory experiences, which is textural innovation. For those of you that have been tracking the food space and have been reading a number of the food articles in the last 1 to 2 years, you're hearing more about texture being positioned as the new flavor, multi-textured foods. You're familiar with Boba Tea, Boba Tea now making its way into pudding-like products.
Consumers looking for different eating experiences and companies looking to drive innovation and drive overall liking for products that will taste interesting and great influenced by texture. Ingredion with this acquisition, intends to be the go-to provider for Texture and Healthful Solutions that make healthy taste better. And then you can see also pharma, home and personal care. The other thing that this acquisition will do, both companies have not so well-known areas of focus in the area of skin and hair care as well. These are businesses that are now not so small. They're $200 million, $300 million businesses. Combined, it's going to be even larger, growing at high single digits and higher profit margins as well. So the acquisition is very compelling on that front. And really, the way we go to market with solutions is it starts with bringing consumer insights, talking the same language as our customers and then developing a co-creation brief where they're skin in the game on both sides and then really customized formulations and then helping them scale the products up.
And an interesting statistic, we don't work with just large CPG companies. We're working with private label manufacturers. We're working with insurgent brands as well. And most of the volume growth, the very elusive volume growth that's happening in the food industry, where it's happening is coming from insurgent brands. And we are partnering with a lot of these insurgent brand companies, especially in the areas of protein fortification, sugar reduction. And all of that, this acquisition, we believe, brings complementary capabilities to drive a higher margin mix. The acquisition will deliver $130 million of cost synergies. That's not taking into account any cross-selling or revenue synergies. That's 4.8% only on the stated revenue of Tate & Lyle, which is something we think is very achievable. We have to execute that, but it's very achievable. It's not something that we think is overly stretchy. And you can see what that will do to the adjusted EBITDA once we complete the acquisition.
And when the acquisition completes, which is scheduled to complete in the second half of next year, we'll be at 3x leverage with a commitment based on their own inherent cash flow and based on our own strong balance sheet to take our targeted leverage down to less than 2.5, 18 months post the close. And our capital allocation priorities remain focused on investing for growth where we have projects for growth, obviously, reliability cost savings, but then preserving the dividend where we have had 11 straight years of dividend increases and opportunistic buybacks. Even this year, despite this acquisition, we're going to generate $700 million to $800 million of cash, and we reaffirmed our intent to buy back more than $100 million of shares this year. And in the last 3 years, we bought back $550 million of shares approximately. So we are right now in the regulatory and antitrust review stage and again, expect completion towards the second half of next year.
And then obviously, for 12 to 24 months, we'll be feverishly working to deliver on the synergies and the promise of the acquisition. And again, 15% EPS accretion or greater than 15% EPS accretion of adjusted EPS in the first full calendar year post acquisition. And so what this reinforces in regards to the investment thesis for Ingredion is multiple pathways to value creation, specifically the ability with scale and again, the focus to expand the Texture and Healthful solutions portfolio to be that go-to provider for Texture and Healthful solutions that make healthy taste better for our customers, just a broader solution set overall with the ability to drive 1% to 2% volume growth, 2% to 4% will come from mix upgrades, primarily solution selling. And then that will help drive the 4% to 6% Texture and Healthful Solutions compounded annual growth rate.
Many of the product lines, specifically in the areas of clean label are higher average selling price, higher gross margins. Those are growing fast right now based on all the reformulation that's taking place. And these are durable positions. There will be a combined enhancement of our IP estate as well that will make us a more intimate partner for customers to help drive innovation. And we think that provides really defensible positions, especially in the areas that we're targeting. And we get more scale from the acquisition, and we've talked about those numbers. And then the disciplined capital allocation as well. Again, very strong balance sheet today with a commitment to get the leverage down to 2.5x in approximately 18 months post close. So with that, I'm going to go over and talk to Ben. So Ben?
Perfect. Take a seat. Time for the fire.
All right.
Well, thanks for that. And as I said, we're not going to go any deeper on any questions Tate & Lyle related. But maybe to start off, Jim, obviously, a big topic, and we've heard this in the morning as well, is just the health of the North American consumer. So maybe just help us from your side, what are you seeing in terms of any change in customer behavior, maybe potential trade down? And how is your portfolio kind of like balanced, call it, private label, value goods? How to think about your exposure as to the consumer dynamics in the U.S.?
Yes. I think, first of all, it's important to highlight that we're a global company, not just a U.S.-centric company, even though so much of our focus is also obviously on the health of the U.S. consumer, but we're a global company and diversified in that regard. We're a company that helps our customers formulate affordably, affordable solutions. And so that's been part of our DNA for quite a long period of time. Going forward for the second half, we haven't dialed back any of our, say, outlooks on volume, but we are watching the consumer very, very closely because of all the news that we're all watching in relationship to some food companies' outlooks for the forward outlook. And I think that the other thing that's compelling about our business is that we sell across multiple customer channels. So we're selling to the fast-moving consumer goods companies, yes, but we also are selling to private label. Maybe 15%, 20% of our business in the U.S. goes to private label through direct partnerships or the co-manufacturing networks that they use.
In Europe, it's a higher percentage. It could be 40%, 45%. In the U.K., it can be even a little bit higher than that. So private label is not an insignificant portion. We sell to food service and quick service restaurant customers and are there with continuous new product launches and those insurgent brand customers that we're talking about as well. So we're diversified across the customer base. And what we've been focused on through solution selling, and we believe that the 9 consecutive quarters of net sales volume growth in texture and healthful solutions, which I don't think is any small feat that we've been able to achieve and a large portion of that's been coming from steady growth in the U.S. market is because we're trying to be smart about segmenting our customers, trying to identify which of those customers are -- have the right strategies, are listening to their consumers and are partnering.
And the whole solution selling model, which starts with that consumer insights and the customer briefs is allowing us to -- it's an overused expression, but skate to where the puck is going, to try to find those pockets of growth because invariably, there are always pockets of growth. Even though volume has been elusive, there's pockets of growth.
Example, this most recent quarter, our protein fortification business was up 40%. And that's driven by, of course, the demand -- the tightness in the whey market for dairy proteins, but protein fortified products. And even for affordable solutions, our ingredients get formulated into those products for value launches for food service. So it's about really being customer intelligent, segmenting customers and segmenting the opportunities and being diversified. But we're watching it very closely because I think we're at a point where if energy prices and diesel prices continue to go up, the transportation, the delivery cost to get food to customers, it's -- I still believe it's a K-shaped economy. I know that Scott Bessent is talking about a C-shaped economy. I'm still thinking it's a K-shaped economy. And we have offerings for both products for more of the premiumization and nutritionally fortified, but also for the more affordable products. So that's how we're looking at it right now. We're watching it closely.
Okay. So staying maybe within Texture and Healthful Solutions is obviously, you've highlighted has been posting very solid volume growth and just to understand a little bit better what are the consumer trends that are driving that and where you see continued momentum for further growth? And particularly, if you could touch on things such as reformulations, et cetera, how that is going to play a key role within Texture and Healthful Solutions and your customer road map.
So we're seeing -- and we've been talking about it on the last number of earnings calls. We're seeing a lot of reformulations come our way, partly because of how we've reorganized our go-to-market model to engage with customers with co-creation and solutions briefs and solution selling, but also because volume growth is incredibly elusive for the entire industry, and everybody is trying to figure out exactly why. Is it the extreme economizing that's going on with consumers? Is it GLP-1s? Is it regulations where if they're having to remove synthetic dyes, they might as well make the product overall more clean label. So we're seeing growth coming from our clean label franchise. We're seeing products that are requiring to be protein fortified or having less sugar in them. And thus, we have our high-intensity natural sweetener products. But at the end of the day, the products always at the end of the day, have to taste great.
And we're seeing incremental briefs for textural innovation because -- and there are so many stories, so many quotes, so many headlines if you read them. A lot in the confectionery space right now talking about multi-textured foods and texture being the new flavor. And we are being seen as the go-to provider for textural innovation. And that's why we're so excited about the Tate & Lyle acquisition because it's going to give us more texture tools in the toolbox to do that. So we think that's driving a lot of the growth right now just based on the strategy we have and the value propositions that we're offering for the industry that's looking to drive volume growth through innovation. The branded goods manufacturers because of the affordability challenge and because they took price up too high, lost share to private label.
Private label then saw that as an opportunity and private label went very hard maybe 6, 9, 12 months ago to target a lot of that share. The CPG companies said, time out, what are we doing? We got to readjust here. They've lowered prices. They've gained back some of that volume. It's a battle. And we're there helping, enabling both drive innovation because at the end of the day, they both need innovation to drive sustainable volume growth. And we're there at that intersection to help them. That's what's happening, and that's what we're seeing, and that's what we're trying to do on the customers' behalf.
How much does your global footprint actually play a role here with maybe expertise and knowledge of having ingredient -- alternative ingredients to offset some of those changes?
It helps a lot because of the supply network that we have. So we can obviously ship products around the world, especially for the Global Texture and Healthful Solutions business. But really where it's helping is the transportation of ideas, the transfer of ideas and winning products in one geography that we then through our network can transfer to another geography. And a lot of our customers are multinational customers. And if something is working in one country, they'll want to roll it out into another country. And having a global presence being globally positioned helps with that as well.
Okay. Got it. Now one of the things that obviously has kind of like been a little bit of a setback over the last couple of quarters have been the issues at the Argo facility. I want to dig into that a little bit. So obviously, there were a lot of headwinds still and the last couple of quarters, it seems like things are coming back. So first of all, where are we in terms of operational performance right now? And do you see any incremental headwinds from the downtime outside of like the increased cost that you called out earlier?
So for those of you in the audience that may not be having tracked us very closely, I'll just give you the quick story on -- it's the U.S., Canada Food and Industrial Ingredients business. It's the business which is 28% of our revenue, and it's the business that has underperformed predominantly, that's the business that's underperformed going back to Q2, Q3, Q4 of last year, where our Argo facility, which is the largest facility, its facility outside of Chicago, really cost us $40 million of operating income. So last year for Ingredion, we had a record year for operating income and EBITDA, record. The year prior to that was a record, the year prior to that was a record. And despite $40 million of cost headwind, inefficiencies from the Argo facility in quarters 2, 3, 4, we delivered a record year.
In quarter 1 of this year, we had a $40 million negative impact from Argo. So $40 million for 3 quarters last year, $40 million just in quarter 1. Quarter 2, there was market relief because the plant had stabilized. We stabilized the grind, we've stabilized the refinery and a lot of the rework that we had has been predominantly worked off. We had an unfortunate thermal event where we had to -- which impacted our germ processing, and that happened on April 10. By June, early mid-June, it was back up and running through just heroic efforts on our part. Exiting June, so exiting the second quarter, the plant was running very, very well. And what we're saying to the Street is that we intend to see sequentially throughout the year and going into next year sequentially improve.
When you have your largest facility that struggles and struggling, you don't -- it doesn't -- it's like turning a super tanker. You can't turn it on a dime. But it is stabilized and it is sequentially improving, and we expect it to continue to sequentially improve. So not anything has changed in that regard. However, what we're watching is we're watching our consumer demand for the products that it produces because when you struggle, it takes some time to get back volume. And then we're obviously watching what I said earlier, which is the consumer volume. But I'm pleased to say the plant is running much better. And there's been an incredible amount of focus. We announced additional capital spend to help improve reliability, but also we've gotten into processes and training and all of the things that you need to do the blocking and tackling. And so we feel that the plant is in a -- is definitely in a much better place than it was for the last 4 quarters, and it is stabilized and it isn't on the ascent.
The key here is to keep demonstrating that and then win back the trust and the volume from the customers that was hurt during that period of time. We believe -- this is something, Jason, who's sitting in front of me here, we believe that perhaps there's a $20 impact in the stock related to that Argo facility. So you're right to call it out, and we've got to earn back the right to get that $20 back in the stock price. Just to put it in perspective, the operating income margin for the U.S., Canada Food and Industrial Ingredients business going back to, say, quarter 1 of '25 was probably at 17%, 18%. I think we're in quarter 1 at 7.8% or 8% just -- so 10 points of margin on that business alone. And so we will get back, but we've got to earn it back. In quarter 2, we were back up to 12% operating income margin. So it's coming back, but it's just got to take some time to come back.
How do you think actually about the shape of that recovery in terms of timing? What's your...
I mean I just -- I wish -- it's not going to be a Nike swoosh or a hockey stick. I think that what we are saying is sequential improvement is basically what we're striving for. And I think if we do that with the growth in the Texture and Healthful and the stability we have in the rest of the business will be in good shape -- we'll be in good shape.
All right. I wanted to touch before we're coming to an end time-wise, also some of the global footprint you've talked about early on. And obviously, food, industrial LatAm is still a very sizable business. Also it's a far profitable business, obviously. We'll lose a little bit of relevance with the Tate & Lyle acquisition. But as of now, it's obviously -- it's a big player. So as we look at that, there seem to be very mixed market dynamics in Latin America and if we think about the bigger countries. So maybe help us and help the audience understand a little bit better where you play a key role in Latin America, what are like the macroeconomic drivers and what have been maybe the issues, but what have been as well more of the brighter spots within Latin America over the last couple of quarters?
So Ingredion has an incredibly strong position in Latin America, and that's defined as Mexico, where we have a jewel of a business in Mexico. We have 3 manufacturing facilities and a great business in Mexico. We have a #1 position in the market in Brazil and a #1 position in the Andean region, which consists of Colombia as well as in Peru. To put it in perspective, again, 32% of our overall revenue comes from LatAm. That's because of a legacy of long-standing more than 100-year history of investments there as well. And the operating income margin, Ben called it out, but it was 20.3% quarter 2 of last year, quarter 2 of this year, 19.3%, so a 1% decline. That -- those headwinds this year have been related to the Mexican peso, the strength of the Mexican peso because our costs are denominated in Mexican pesos. And so that's been a not immaterial impact to the business. And also, the Mexican economy has not been as robust, growing at about 1% GDP.
Our Brazilian business has been doing well this year. But the one thing that's maybe newsworthy from today is on August 10, I believe you would all remember, it was a Monday at 7:30 in the morning, there was a 7.4 earthquake in Western Colombia. Our plant is located in Cali, Colombia. So our plant did incur an outage, some outages. Natural gas was disrupted to the country. And so we were down for maybe 5, 6 days. So in quarter 3, there will be a small impact. So going forward, there will be an impact. I mean it's not our largest business. Mexico is by far our largest business. But the fortunate thing is none of our employees were injured. About 20 of our employees' families were displaced. So that was a pretty severe earthquake. We're going to need a little bit of extra capital, not anything great, maybe $10 million, $15 million to invest in some things to make some of the infrastructure safe.
But the plant is back up and running, and we're up and running now at historical rates. But we were down for a good 5, 7 days, and everybody has been pretty shaken up down there because there's been aftershocks and all of that. So for the go forward, it's been the peso story, has been the peso in Mexico. Brazil is fine. And now we've had this unfortunate -- I think it's August 10 event in Colombia, but we're back up and running and running pretty well. And it won't be a material impact. But it will be a handful of million dollars of impact approximately.
Now just 2 real quick ones at the end. So one, obviously, corn cost is a very relevant piece of your COGS profile and corn prices have gone up quite meaningful over the last couple of weeks. So just tell us what your expectations are and how you kind of like think of like pass-through dynamics and potential impact to profitability just short term given where corn prices have moved.
So for those of you that haven't tracked again, Ingredion over the years, we've done, I think, a really good job over the last, say, 5, 6, 7 years of reducing any volatility associated with any increase or decrease of corn prices and the then association of the impact of co-products. That's the sale of corn, oil, germ, meal, feed to our overall, what we call net corn position. So we've done a very good job because we've been selling forward more of the coproducts, but our business model allows us to do back-to-back hedging with customer contracts. And really, it takes out a lot of the volatility. So as corn prices increase, and typically they do, which is a hedge against inflation, which is exactly what you're seeing right now, that doesn't really affect us because our customers are keenly aware of it. They understand it, and it's not a heavy lift to communicate to them.
The industry is very rational in that regard, and everybody understands that this just has to be passed through. What the ultimate impact is on consumers is a different matter, right? Because, again, it gets back to how much inflation can the consumer absorb coming at them from a variety of areas. But for us, for contracting for next year, for pricing pass-through, our business model is developed, mature and strong enough that it just happens and customers understand that element of the need to pass through price increases. The other thing, though, that you didn't ask about, which I'll just mention is there was a very severe drought in Europe, as you all know, this past year, and the corn crop is down quite significantly. The good news for us is we're covered. We've planted sufficiently.
And on a delivered cost basis, and we've done this in the past, we can bring in product from the U.S. So even for our specialty hybrids, we're feeling very good about our position for Europe, and so if that was on your mind, what about the European corn crop with the drought for Ingredion at least, we feel very good about our position there also. So we don't see corn being a factor for us as we head into '27 in any headwind way. We don't see that.
Perfect. Well, just at time. Thank you very much, and good luck with Tate & Lyle. We look forward to closing that. And hopefully, September next year, we can talk more details about this. Thank you very much. We're heading over to the breakout.
Thank you.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
Ingredion Incorporated — Barclays 19th Annual Global Consumer Staples Conference
Ingredion betont die strategische Neuausrichtung hin zu höhermargigen Texture- und Healthy-Solutions durch die Tate & Lyle-Übernahme, bleibt aber operativ und regulatorisch vor Herausforderungen.
🎯 Kernbotschaft
- Kernaussage: Geplante Übernahme von Tate & Lyle (EV ca. $5 Mrd.) soll Ingredion zu einem >$10 Mrd.-Umsatz‑Spezialisten für Textur- und gesundheitsorientierte Lösungslösungen machen und damit Mix, Wachstum und Margen nachhaltig verbessern.
⚡ Strategische Highlights
- Portfolio-Fokus: Ziel ist >50% des Umsatzes in Texture & Healthful Solutions; diese Sparte zeigt 9 Quartale in Folge Netto‑Volumenwachstum.
- Wachstumstreiber: Reformulierungen (Zuckerreduktion, Proteinfortifikation), "Texture as the new flavor" und Co‑Creation/ Lösungsgeschäft (höhere ASPs und Margen).
- Finanzziele: Erwartete kombinierte EBITDA ~$1,8 Mrd., $130 Mio. Kostensynergien (≈4,8% von Tate & Lyle‑Umsatz) und >15% bereinigte EPS‑Accretion im ersten vollen Jahr.
🆕 Neue Informationen
- Transaktions-Timing: Abschluss erwartet H2 nächsten Jahres; Post‑Close Hebel etwa 3x, Ziel <2,5x innerhalb ~18 Monate.
- Kapitalallokation: Reaffirmiert Dividendenerhalt (11 Jahre Steigerungen), >$100 Mio. Aktienrückkauf 2025 und erwarteter Free Cash Flow $700–800 Mio. dieses Jahr.
❓ Fragen der Analysten
- Konsum‑risiken: Management sieht globale Diversifizierung und Private‑Label‑Exposure als Puffer, beobachtet US‑Konsumentenengpässe sehr genau; kein sofortiger Richtungswechsel in Volumen‑Prognosen.
- Argo‑Werk: Operativer Schaden verursachte wiederholt ~ $40 Mio.-Hits; Werk ist stabilisiert, Q2‑Margin in diesem Segment stieg auf ~12%, Management verspricht sukzessive Verbesserung, gibt aber keinen schnellen Zeitplan.
- LatAm & Ernte: LatAm ~32% Umsatz; Mexiko stark, Brasilien robust, Kolumbien kurzfristiger Ausfall nach Erdbeben (5–7 Tage) mit geringem Millionen‑Impact; Pesoschwäche belastet Margen.
⚡ Bottom Line
- Implikationen: Übernahme stärkt Marktposition in wachstumsstarken, margenstarken Spezialzutaten und verspricht spürbare EPS‑Hebung, bringt aber Integrations-, Regulierungs‑ und operative Risiko‑(Argo, Geo‑Events) sowie kurzfriste Beobachtungspunkte für Cash‑/Hebelpfad.
Ingredion Incorporated — Q2 2026 Earnings Call
1. Management Discussion
Good day, and thank you for standing by. Welcome to Ingredion's Second Quarter 2026 Earnings Call. [Operator Instructions]. Please be advised that today's conference is being recorded. I'd now like to hand the conference over to Noah Weiss, Vice President of Investor Relations. Please go ahead.
Good morning, and welcome to Ingredion's Second Quarter 2026 Earnings Call. I'm Noah Weiss, Vice President of Investor Relations. Joining me on today's call are Jim Zallie, our Chairman, President and CEO; and Jason Payant, our Vice President and Interim CFO.
The press release issued this morning, along with the presentation we will reference during today's call, is available on ingredion.com, in the Investors section. As a reminder, our comments within this presentation may contain forward-looking statements. These statements are subject to various risks and uncertainties and include expectations and assumptions regarding the company's future operations and financial performance. Actual results could differ materially from those estimated in the forward-looking statements, and Ingredion assumes no obligation to update them in the future as or if stances change.
Additional information concerning factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those discussed during today's conference call or in this morning's press release can be found in the company's most recently filed annual report on Form 10-K and subsequent reports on Forms 10-Q and 8-K. During the call, we also refer to certain non-GAAP financial measures, including adjusted earnings per share, adjusted operating income and adjusted effective tax rate, which are reconciled to U.S. GAAP measures and [indiscernible] non-GAAP information included in our press release and in today's presentation appendix.
As part of our prepared remarks, we will touch on the announced acquisition of Tate & Lyle and the progress we have made since announcing the transaction. That said, given where we are in the process, we are limited in what we can disclose and cannot speculate on potential outcomes, timing, integration matters or other transaction-related topics beyond information already in the public domain. We appreciate your understanding and ask that questions today be focused on our operating results and outlook. With that, I will turn the call over to Jim.
Thank you, Noah, and good morning, everyone. Ingredion delivered a second quarter performance, which was in line with expectations, led by continued momentum in texture and healthful Solutions, with net sales increasing 1% to $1.85 billion. Adjusted operating income was $258 million, down 5% from the prior year. Results were impacted by softer production and demand in our food and industrial ingredients U.S./Canada segment and continued macroeconomic pressures in Mexico. At the same time, performance across the rest of the portfolio was strong as we delivered the second highest quarterly operating income ever in texture and healthful solutions. We are pleased to say that Argo reliability and production sequentially improved during the quarter. And at the end of June, the plant was operating at normal production rates across all major operating units.
Turning to the next slide. We are pleased with the momentum that we continue to see in texture and healthful solutions. Quarter 2 marked the ninth consecutive quarter of net sales volume growth in the segment, up 7% with broad-based growth from our solutions offerings and clean label ingredients. While the consumer environment remains mixed, we are seeing robust customer innovation activity with reformulation across health and wellness, protein and fiber fortification and clean label all supported by new product launches. These trends align with the value proposition inherent in our Texture and Healthful Solutions growth strategy and they reinforce our confidence in sustainable long-term volume and margin growth.
Tempering the positive innovation momentum, we did see additional increases in tapioca costs in the quarter with route prices now up more than 40% since the start of the year due to weather-related impacts limiting supply. We are actively passing through price increases which, as a reminder, take approximately 1 to 1.5 quarters to realize. In Food and Industrial Ingredients, LatAm, volumes were down slightly against a strong prior year comparison. While the macroeconomic conditions in Mexico have been challenging, underlying long-term market trends remain intact.
The business in South America continued to benefit from broad regional strength particularly the growth in Brazil's industrial and brewing markets. In food and industrial ingredients U.S./Canada, volumes remain below prior year levels due to lower production and softer food and beverage demand. That said, reliability and performance at our Argo facility sequentially improved throughout the quarter, and we exited June operating at normal production rates. Our industrial business in U.S. Canada saw growth from the packaging sector, supported by a differentiated solution we recently launched for corrugating, which speeds up box production.
Turning to the next slide. Let's review our progress against our three strategic pillars. First, under profitable growth. Our announced pending acquisition of Tate & Lyle achieved an important milestone last week with the approval by Tate & Lyle shareholders of the deal. As stated previously, we believe this combination will establish Ingredion as a more comprehensive global leader in ingredient solutions with the innovation expertise and geographic reach that will help create the future of food.
Our solutions led growth strategy continues to gain traction, contributing to strong first half performance in texture and healthful Solutions. As part of texture and Healthful Solutions diversified portfolio, we strengthened our pharma business in India through an announced strategic partnership with SandStar. This important relationship expands our capabilities in pharmaceutical excipients with the opportunity to also partner in the development of specialty food ingredients while providing access to large-scale manufacturing in the world's most populous country and one of the fastest-growing markets for food ingredients.
Moving to our next pillar, Innovation remains a key differentiator for Ingredion. We are increasingly leveraging digital capabilities to accelerate innovation. And during the quarter, we launched ask Ingredion, our AI-powered formulation platform designed to help customers identify ingredients and solve formulation challenges that help them bring new products to market faster. We also strengthened our healthful solutions portfolio through the acquisition of Benicaros, a clinically supported immune health prebiotic. Benicaro's value proposition sits at the intersection of several attractive consumer trends, including digestive health, immune support and clean label formulation. It is an example of how we are helping customers differentiate their products by enabling them to make science-backed health benefit claims.
Additionally, we continue to target new higher-value industrial applications. Our advancements in coatings, adhesives and barrier solutions for sustainable food packaging continue to gain traction with active customer engagements. For example, we are helping customers replace PFAS containing grease-resistant barriers with plant-based alternatives that maintain performance while improving recyclability and being regulatory compliant. Our differentiated bio-based adhesive solutions for corrugated packaging manufacturers are improving machine productivity, reducing waste, and enhancing board performance. We are bullish on the growth prospects of these targeted industrial applications.
We remain equally focused on delivering growth consistent with our sustainability commitments. Ingredion was named to Forbes Net Zero Leaders list for the second year in a row. This distinction is especially noteworthy because it is based on demonstrating progress against objective, quantifiable metrics for lowering greenhouse gas emissions. Finally, for the enterprise productivity pillar, we continue to invest to transform our portfolio and optimize our processes and network to best position the company for long-term value creation. Last quarter, we announced the sale of our majority stake in the Pakistan business as well as the closure of our Cabo, Brazil Plant. Both moves reduce our exposure to less differentiated ingredients and will drive improved effectiveness and efficiency.
Last week, Tate & Lyle shareholders approved the terms of a recommended all-cash offer by Ingredion for the entire issued and to be issued share capital of Tate & Lyle, an important milestone in the U.K. scheme of arrangement process and a positive step toward completing the transaction. With shareholder approval secured, our focus is now on progressing the required regulatory reviews and satisfying the remaining closing conditions. We are actively engaged with the relevant authorities and are working to support their review processes as efficiently as possible. The financial profile of the transaction remains compelling.
With the addition of $2.7 billion of highly complementary revenue, the opportunity to deliver $130 million of expected run rate synergies by 2030 and the expectations to deliver greater than 15% adjusted EPS accretion in the first full calendar year post acquisition, all with a clear path to achieving less than 2.5x net leverage within 18 months of closing. Turning to the next slide. Let me explain why we are so enthusiastic about the strategic rationale for the pending acquisition of Tate & Lyle. Across the food and beverage industry, manufacturers are working successfully appeal to changing consumer buying behaviors. Consumers are placing greater emphasis on health and wellness in response to changing regulations and lifestyle preferences.
While brands remain under pressure to deliver affordability without compromising taste, and the overall eating experience. These challenges increasingly require customers to optimize multiple attributes at the same time. That can include improving nutrition through fortification or reducing sugar while enhancing Texture and Healthful to maintain great taste and delivering on affordability. This is where combining Ingredion and Tate & Lyle's capabilities becomes particularly compelling.
Together, we will bring a broader portfolio of complementary capabilities across sweetening, texture, mouth feel, fiber and protein fortification supported by expanded scientific expertise and a more comprehensive global innovation network. Beyond an expanded portfolio of individual ingredients, the opportunity is to provide more integrated and complete solutions that help customers solve formulation challenges more quickly and effectively. Combined with greater scale, deeper scientific capabilities and enhanced digital and AI-enabled tools, we believe we will be even better positioned to support customers as consumer needs continue to evolve.
Following the combination, more than half of our revenue will come from texture and healthful Solutions, the fastest growth segment of our business portfolio, where customer and consumer demand remains strong and volume growth in doors. Ultimately, Tate & Lyle will accelerate our shift toward higher-value and higher-margin solutions and positions Ingredion to be an even stronger innovation partner and reliable supplier. With that, I'll turn the call over to Jason for the financial review.
Thank you, Jim, and good morning, everyone. Moving to our income statement. Net sales for the second quarter were $1.85 billion, up 1% versus prior year. Reported and adjusted operating income were $188 million and $258 million, respectively. Adjusted operating income declined 5%, driven by Argo related manufacturing issues and foreign exchange and macroeconomic headwinds in Mexico, which were partially offset by strong texture and healthful Solutions performance.
Turning to our Q2 net sales bridge. The 1% increase was driven by $36 million of favorable foreign exchange and $20 million of higher volume, partially offset by $39 million of unfavorable price mix. Moving to the next slide. We highlight net sales drivers by segment for the second quarter. Texture and Household Solutions net sales were up 5%, driven by sales volume growth of 7% and foreign exchange favorability of 1%, partially offset by lower price/mix. Food and Industrial Ingredients LatAm net sales were up 3%, and driven by favorable foreign exchange, partially offset by lower volumes and weaker price mix.
Food and industrial ingredients U.S. Canada net sales declined 7%, driven by operational challenges at Argo and weaker consumer demand. Now let's turn to a summary of results by segment. Shared Healthful Solutions net sales and operating income were both up 5% in the quarter. The increase in operating income was driven by volume growth and favorable foreign exchange, partially offset by unfavorable price/mix and higher tapioca costs. Texture & Healthful Solutions delivered its second highest quarterly operating income ever, despite persistent inflationary pressures, which demonstrates the strength of the portfolio, the quality of execution by our team and the benefits of our solutions-led strategy.
Included Industrial Ingredients LATAM, net sales were up 3%. And Operating income decreased by 7% to $118 million with operating margins of 19.3%. This decrease was driven primarily by transactional currency impacts in Mexico and a more challenging demand environment. Moving to food and industrial ingredients U.S. Canada. Second quarter net sales were down 7%. The Operating income was $58 million, impacted by production challenges at our Argo facility and softer volumes and price mix. Net sales in all other increased 8%, driven by more than 40% net sales growth in protein fortification. Particularly from higher-value isolates and specialty protein applications.
Operating income improved by $7 million year-over-year, reflecting improved mix and operating leverage. Turning to our second quarter earnings bridge. The top half of the slide reconciles reported to adjusted diluted earnings per share and the bottom half walks through the drivers of the year-over-year change. Adjusted diluted EPS declined $0.05 compared to the prior year, primarily driven by $0.34 of margin impacts. These headwinds were partially offset by favorable foreign exchange impacts of $0.05 per share other income benefits of $0.09 per share and $0.12 of nonoperating benefit, $0.07 from share repurchases and $0.05 from lower financing costs. Shifting to our year-to-date income statement highlights.
Net sales for the first 6 months were approximately $3.6 billion, flat versus the prior year. Reported and adjusted operating income were $391 million and $470 million, a decrease of 29% and 14%, respectively. Turning to our year-to-date earnings bridge. The resulted a decrease of $0.68 per share. Operationally, we saw a decrease of $0.85 per share for the first 6 months, driven by a margin decrease of $1.04, partially offset by other income and foreign exchange of $0.17 and $0.12, respectively.
Moving to the change in nonoperational items. We had an increase of $0.17 per share, primarily driven by fewer shares outstanding of $0.13 per share and lower financing costs equivalent to $0.04 per share. Turning to cash flow and capital allocation. We maintained disciplined financial management throughout the quarter. Year-to-date cash from operations was $123 million, reflecting a planned investment of approximately $231 million in working capital that was driven primarily by receivables and payables. We invested $210 million of capital expenditures, net of disposals, to support reliability, capacity and strategic priorities across the business.
During the first half, we continued to return cash to shareholders through $105 million in dividends and the repurchase of $14 million of shares, which underscores our commitment to balance capital allocation and long-term shareholder value creation. Now let me turn to our 2026 outlook. We are reaffirming our full year 2026 adjusted earnings per share outlook after amending guidance for the sale of the majority stake in our Pakistan business at the end of the second quarter. For the full year 2026, we still anticipate net sales to be flat to up low single digits but are now expecting adjusted operating income to be down mid-single digits, reflecting the impact of the sale of our majority stake in the Pakistan business on the second half of the year.
We expect full year adjusted earnings per share to be in the range of $10.30 to $10.90, in line with previous guidance after reflecting the sale of our majority stake in the Pakistan business. Guidance assumes diluted shares outstanding of $63 million to $64 million, which includes completion of our planned $100 million of share repurchases this year. We anticipate that our 2026 cash from operations will now be in the range of $700 million to $800 million, with the decrease again stemming from the sale of the majority stake in our Pakistan business. Capital expenditures for the full year are now anticipated to be between $450 million to $490 million with additional spend allocated to our Argo facility.
Please note that our guidance reflects current tariff levels in effect at the end of July 2026. In addition, this guidance excludes any acquisition-related integration and restructuring costs as well as any potential impairment costs. Turning to our updated full year outlook by segment. For Texture & Healthful Solutions, we now expect net sales to be up mid-single digits and operating income to now be up mid- to high single digits. Driven by higher volumes and solution sales growing at a faster rate than the overall business.
For food [indiscernible] LatAm, net sales are now estimated to be up low single digits and operating income is expected to be down low single digits. Reflecting transactional foreign currency and macroeconomic headwinds in Mexico, partially offset by foreign currency translation benefits in Brazil. As a reminder, our Mexico business is U.S. dollar denominated, but most of our SG&A and operating costs are in pesos. As the peso strengthens against the dollar, our transactional costs increased in dollar terms, which negatively impacts operating income and can more than offset translational benefits from a weaker U.S. dollar in other parts of our LATAM business.
For Food and Industrial Ingredients U.S./Canada, we expect net sales to be down low single digits and operating income to now be down 20% to 25%, driven by Argo's operational headwinds in the first half of the year. All other net sales is expected to be down 20% to 25%, and its operating loss is now anticipated to be approximately $15 million after the sale of the majority stake in our Pakistan business. Lastly, for the third quarter of 2026, we expect net sales to be up low single digits and adjusted operating income to be down mid-single digits, which reflects the impact of the sale of the majority stake in our Pakistan business.
Sequentially, Q3 corporate costs are expected to be higher as Q2 benefited from the timing of certain adjustments that are typically evaluated later in the year. Additionally, the second quarter benefited from a $2 million mark-to-market gain on our new investment in Sunstar which is recorded in the texture and Healthful Solutions segment. A mark-to-market adjustment based on our equity stake in Sunstar will be made at the end of each subsequent quarter. That concludes my comments, and I'll turn it back over to Jim.
Thank you, Jason. As we wrap up, I'd like to highlight 4 reasons we remain confident in the direction of the business despite a dynamic macroeconomic environment and the first half challenges we experienced in food and industrial ingredients, U.S., Canada. First, Texture and Healthful Solutions continues to validate our growth strategy Strong net sales volume performance, solutions-led growth and market share gains helped deliver the second highest quarterly operating income in the segment's history. Second, at Argo, we have made meaningful progress. Operational performance improved, production levels increased and as stated, we expect to be operating at normalized run rates for the balance of the year. Our focus remains on sustaining reliability and restoring profitability. Third, we are already seeing the benefits from our enterprise productivity initiatives.
These efforts, which are evidenced in our control of operating expenses, are helping to offset inflationary pressures, improving cost discipline and creating opportunities to reinvest for growth. And fourth, we are continuing to reshape our business portfolio in significant ways. The announced pending acquisition of Tate & Lyle will be transformational. And our integration planning efforts are underway to help ensure we're prepared to move quickly and effectively as one organization once the transaction closes. Our balance sheet and cash flow also provide us with flexibility to invest in the business or future integration activities and return capital to shareholders as we reaffirm our commitment to $100 million of share repurchases this year and to our continued track record of dividend growth. Now let's open the call for questions.
[Operator Instructions]. Our first question comes from Kristen Owen with Oppenheimer.
2. Question Answer
I wanted to follow up here, Jim, on the updated guidance, specifically around U.S. can. Really happy to see some forward progress on Argo. Just in your second half guidance, is there any additional like volume or maybe mix headwinds implied there just as you get or go to meet spec? And then I have an unrelated follow-up question.
Yes, I'll tell you what. I'll talk about Argo and what we -- what gives us confidence going forward. But let me turn it over to Jason to take the view on the second half guidance. Jason, go ahead.
Yes, thanks. So being specific about what changed, it's really only amending the range to reflect the sale of the majority stake in the Pakistan business. So our underlying full year expectations are otherwise unchanged. The composition shifted a little bit. We're seeing better performance in TNHS and a little bit softer performance in F&I U.S. Canada. Part of that is because of network optimization with some of our native starches that's benefiting TNHS and pulling a little bit back from F&I US can. The business is performing in line with expectations and we continue to see solid execution across TNHS, which is very encouraging.
And Jim will talk a little bit more about Argo. But as it remains an area of focus, production rates and yields are improving sequentially and they finished June running at normal rates. And the reality of our Q2 -- really Q2 to Q3 is we did have some corporate cost benefits in that corporate costs are going to sequentially be higher in Q3. We also had that Sunstar benefit. It was about a $2 million gain in Q2 that we believe will unwind. And what we've also seen a little bit in Q3 is we've been relatively fortunate in that the Argentine peso has been fairly benign over the last 5 months, but we did see a steep decline in July, and that's going to negatively impact Q3.
So that's why we're seeing a little bit of a pull forward of some benefits into Q2 that are going to unwind a little bit and basically all unrelated to Argo other than potentially some higher cost in inventory that are still flowing through the P&L in Q3.
And I can, Kristen, just give you a little bit more specifics regarding Argo. We have systematically addressed the various issues that arose at Argo over the last number of quarters. I guess, starting with the grind, it is now operating reliably and at expected run rates.
We've talked previously about the downstream refinery issues and that led to downtime and rework and that's now been completely addressed. And the vast majority of the costs associated with that rework that impacted us previously, that's all now behind us and the unexpected thermal event that occurred on April 10 that took down our germ processing unit came back up in early June really with heroic efforts by engineering, procurement, the operations teams and the supplier that was able to get us a rebuilt baghouse operation and our oil processing is now operating at historical run rates. So we feel these 3 accomplishments along with the investment of some targeted additional capital directed specifically towards reliability at Argo gives us confidence in the guidance that we put forward for the rest of the year.
That's super helpful. And then you talked about some of the transitory costs. I'm interested in some of the elevated input costs. I mean Tapioca is when you -- you guys have been really clear about -- but just help us understand how much of the inflationary costs that you're seeing, how much of that do you expect to stay with you versus maybe just some timing around your ability to pass that through in price?
Yes. Let me turn it over to Jason because Jason has been actually on point similar to how the finance team was on point last year with tariffs, and we set up a tariff hub. This year, we've got a Middle East response team in response to, obviously, the conflict in the Middle East and what that's doing. But Jason, do you want to talk specifically about inflation and the tariffs and how we're looking at the net impact of that for the full year?
Yes. I mean, to Jim's comments, we -- similar to the tariff response team last year. We now have a Middle East response team. and really impacting to a greater degree, our APAC and EMEA businesses. And what we're seeing there is generally in APAC. And it's a little bit compounded with the tapioca increases. But because of our history of passing through Tapioca price changes, which can occur fairly dramatically and fairly quickly, that business is very solid and moving those prices through. It does take about quarter to 1.5 quarters to completely pass those prices through and get more to a neutral place. At the end of the day, we're estimating that the net impact outside of Tapioca for the inflationary pressures from the Middle East conflict. It's really manageable and the impact is in the range of a few million dollars, and that's all factored into the guidance
our next question comes from Ben Klieve with Benchmark.
I wanted to ask a follow-up here on the Argo progression. Great to hear all the progress on getting that operational at a full run rate by the end of the quarter. But I'm wondering if you can isolate the kind of margin structure that you're seeing out of that facility here at the end of the quarter. Great that volumes are back, but I'm wondering kind of where margins stand at the end of the quarter and kind of how you see the margin profile for that facility specifically kind of evolving over the next couple of quarters as those mechanical improvements that you noted are made.
Jason, do you want to take that? I know our margins were up, I don't know, 400 basis points [indiscernible].
Yes. And as we stated on the Q1 earnings call, what we were looking for, even with the thermal event that, to Jim's point, required significant efforts by the team with sequential improvement during the quarter, and that's what we saw. So it does take some time for those costs to completely flow through inventory in the P&L. So we'll carry a little bit of that in for the July but the plant now has room to run. And as the plant can run as we can rebuild inventories, we should get back to normal historical margins towards the end of the year.
Okay. Great. And then my follow-up is related to Argo as well here. You noted the investments to kind of enhance the kind of predictability for Argo going forward. I'm wondering if you can just lean into this a little bit. Tell us a bit about not only kind of what's changed operationally, but what these investments are to enhance the reliability out of this, so we can just kind of get a bit more comfort that this facility is going to be kind of more boring going forward?
We also want it to be more boring as well. The investments are in targeted locations throughout the plant to improve reliability. We're also making changes. It's not just about the capital. We've conducted extensive root cause analysis. Across maintenance, training, leadership and operating procedures. And so for example, some of the things that occurred were related to some management of change issues that we have standardized more strongly. And those we don't -- those issues won't reoccur. But the targeted investments will be in some redundancies. And, for example, the tanks that we use to the cost clarification tanks basically. And it's where you take the feedstock for the starch and you liquefy it which is the main heart of the facility that feeds all the downstream refineries. And so we now have -- or will have the redundancies built in to prevent any kind of impact should one of those tanks not perform as they should which is one of the things that impacted us as well.
So that's where a notable amount of that, say, capital, but it's not just capital. I want to assure you, it's across the areas of maintenance, training, leadership and operating procedures. And a lot of these things have been improved, and we do feel we've turn the corner in relationship to stabilizing the plant. And now we just have to continue to demonstrate sequential incremental improvements quarter-on-quarter.
Our next question comes from Ben Theurer with Barclays.
I wanted to dig a little bit and trying to understand a little bit more of the dynamics within the volume performance across sector. And particularly within Food & Industrial U.S., maybe to start off, I mean, obviously, you still have a little bit of an impact from Argo. But could you help us understand how significant the continued weakness in food and beverage sweetener volumes has been over the course of the quarter? And -- but essentially, what is a decline if Argo would have been normal or not an impact on food and industrial U.S. Canada volumes?
Yes, I can take that one. I would say the teams really did a good job. If you look at our volume impact relative to the OI impact, it really was a lot about moving things around the network. And where we are seeing softer volumes in general, that was not the lion's share of the impact for us. So as the plant gets up and running and we can take additional opportunities for volume, we should expect that to normalize. We are seeing a little softness in the industrial side, basically market-driven.
We expect that to improve balance of year as things normalize from a macroeconomic standpoint globally. But really, the larger share of the impact is from the Argo challenge is not necessarily the weaker demand environment.
And we did go through kind of jump through some hoops to make sure that we serve as customers, which also came at some incremental cost, but the volume was there to ship in to supply.
Okay. Got it. And then as we think about like just rounds of pricing, I mean, obviously, across the different regions. There are different challenges everywhere, right? I mean you have in Lat Am, U.S. Mexico a little bit softer. In the U.S., you have lower demand. I mean, I think the only area of not so many issues are Texture and Healthful solutions. But as we think about preparing customers for pricing initiatives and looking into what you can or should do in terms of pricing? What are the conversations you're having in terms of like just price evolution in, let's say, more the food and industrial areas, North America as well as Latin America and what has been mix versus real price realization in terms of impact on the top line? And how should we think about this for the second half and then beyond that, maybe into 2027 as you start renegotiating some of the contracts.
Yes. I think the pricing approach that we've taken in year has been entirely related to that Middle East response team that we've assembled analogous to the tariff hub that we had established. And now, of course, we're looking again at what implications there may be of the 301 tariffs that appear to be going into place in August -- mid-August. And as Jason said, those, surprisingly have went the customers have understood that those in-year price increases are justified.
And to your point, they're kind of across regions depending on origins of the impacts and the ingredients that are impacted and how freight and logistics are impacted and maybe chemicals could be impacted. So -- but -- and the net impact of that is really not that much because of the offsets with the pricing increases. But that's really how we've been managing that. It's really too early to talk about next year and corn prices and all of that. What I will say is the one area outside of the Middle East response team that we are laser-focused on is the tapioca cost run-up. As we referenced, I think, from our quarter 1 call, we view that impact as temporary and it's not going to be a structural margin impact.
We're going to see some near-term margin pressures as pricing catches up to cost, as Jason says, 1, 1.5 quarters to typically realize that. But we have seen due to the dry conditions in Thailand, we have seen really record tapioca prices. Now the thing to point out, though, is the way this works is when tapioca prices do come down and they will come down based on history, they do come down. We benefit from the sticky down, then we will have to give back some of that to customers. But typically, we benefit on the other side of that. But we've been laser-focused on that, and so far, so good on that. And the volumes for Tapioca because of its premium nature, have continued to be strong.
Our next question comes from Pooran Sharma with Stephens.
Good morning, and thanks for the question. Wanted to understand a little bit about the -- you've spoken about the industrial applications. And kind of sustainable packaging. I wanted to better understand at what point do you think that these opportunities become meaningful enough to offset some of the secular pressure we're seeing in some of the more commoditized products?
Yes. I think that what's important to note about our industrial business, and that would be, I would say, ex, say, CPG nonfood, which is personal care, beauty care and pharma, which we really don't talk about all that much, but which is those two segments are higher margin and growing at high single digits. But separate from those two, which we will talk more about in the future, as we made the investments, as we've talked about in India, et cetera. But specific to your question about the industrial, it's a sizable business when you think about the Americas and a position we have in Asia.
So for the last number of years, what we have done is focused more on the corrugating side of that business, where we see box production and linerboard production as being more durable and in need of better speeds better strength for lower -- what they call basis weights or [ grammage ]. And we've been investing in a targeted fashion in some technologies to help the corrugator speed up that business. And so a larger portion of our business is exposed there as opposed to uncoated free sheet, for example, which is in a secular decline in a decline. And so in addition, there is a growing market for sustainable food packaging and food compliant, packaging for coatings, we talked about grease resistance, et cetera.
And so we call that advanced packaging materials. So we've had in concert with support from innovation and R&D, targeted new product development in that area, and those products are being trialed with customers, and they are growing. And so we're seeing nice volume and value growth. And these are also at very respectable margins, not quite at what our solutions margins are, but close. So -- and in comparison to other industrial gets that are less differentiated, they're absolutely a trade up. So -- we're excited by the prospects of that. And what I would point to is we strategically expanded, as you know, the capacity for Cedar Rapids.
And we made an investment and that was designed for exactly that business and to support some of those growth opportunities that we see in the future. So again, we think the trend is favorable to appeal to it. And we -- again, we think we're very focused and selective on what we've chosen, and we hope to talk more about that in the future to you and its impact.
Our next question comes from Andrew Strelzik with BMO.
I had a couple and apologies if any of this has already been asked. I hopped on a little late. But you mentioned in the press release some of the kind of integration planning work you've been able to do at -- with the tape business. Can you talk about, at this stage what you're able to do in terms of that work? And any surprises or learnings from that process as it relates to the combination of the 2 businesses.
Yes. No real surprises. What I would say is, just as a reminder, this week was an exciting week for us because on Tuesday, shareholder approval or last week, I should say, shareholder approval was indeed an important milestone. And the transaction is now subject to ordinary regulatory approval in 11 jurisdictions, including the U.S. and the EU. And to date, we're on track with all requisite filings and the projected time line reflects the anticipated time required to get clearance for a deal of this size. So right now, that's kind of where it is. It's where it's at in the normal process. And again, we feel good about the shareholder approval and other step in the process. But that's really where we're at with the Tate & Lyle acquisition.
Okay. I do know that you said it's kind of too early to talk about pricing and corn prices and those types of things. But I guess, I've just been trying to think through, given we're on kind of year 2 of volume declines and for the industry, right, we've been pressured globally, kind of where utilization rates sit now for the industry or Ingredion in the U.S. and globally? And kind of -- I know that agree down has done a lot to improve the risk management over the last 5-plus years. but just how you think about the ability to offset a higher corn price environment should that materialize if utilization rates maybe aren't where they need to be.
Well, just in relationship to corn prices, first of all, and I'll talk about, say, utilization here in a second and the essence of your question. But just on corn, we successfully managed through multiple corn cycles using a combination of disciplined hedging and pass-through pricing. And while volatility can create short-term timing differences, our hedge program and the pricing mechanisms preserve earnings stability. So we would not expect changes in corn prices alone may impact margins and alter our long-term outlook. So that's kind of the strength of our business model.
And I think that's just important to remind everybody about. And then what I would say is in our industry in the U.S., there has been a significant announcement by one of the manufacturers that they will be closing one of their facilities which represents about 5%, I believe, of capacity utilization sometime in 2027. So that is on the horizon. That will impact contracting going into 2027. And at the same time, I think we've not seen this year, we talked about F&II.
Previously, there was a question about the volumes, and we have felt that putting aside the Argo challenges, the volumes were there to service our customers, especially for the products that we produce, given where we sit in comparison to, say, larger producers of some of the sweeteners. So -- but this impact of this closure of this one facility, which is 5% of capacity of the industry in 2027 is something that's going to be pretty notable.
Okay. That's super helpful. And then just one last one, if I could squeeze it in. the Canada tariff announcement and the potential impact on your plant in Ontario, can you just talk about maybe work around some potential implications? And again, apologies if you've already addressed that.
I can take that one. And we have not addressed it. But what I can say is, obviously, that's still evolving. Nothing is in place yet other than having been announced. What I will say is we've managed through this multiple times this year already. And as we assess it, it appears that the impact on us will be fairly limited. We have the network capabilities to move product around where we need to. And historically, we've seen that we can pass through these additional costs to our customers. and we would expect to do the same going forward.
Our next question comes from Josh Spector with UBS.
I apologize because I want to bring it back to Argo for a second here. I guess, when I go through what you guys have said the last couple of quarters, I mean, you guys said it was a $40 million impact in 1Q. My math looks like maybe it was $20 million, $25 million in 2Q. Maybe your 3Q guide implies about $10 million to $15 million in 3Q?
I guess, overall, that gets about $70 million to $75 million. I'm just wondering, one, are those numbers roughly right for 2Q, 3Q? And are those numbers we should be adding back for next year for a base assumption in F&I, U.S. and Canada? Or is there anything else offsetting that? You commented about some network inefficiencies serving texture and health. So I just want to square that away, if I can.
Yes. So let me help with some of the numbers, but Jason is better at doing this than I am. So for quarter 2, 3, 4 last year, cumulative. The impact was $40 million. And in quarter 1 of this year, the impact was $40 million, and that was what was so frustrating for us about quarter 1. And I'll let you take it from there from a standpoint of the estimates for Q2 and how we have I think, prudently taking an outlook to the second half quarters 3 and 4, for Argo reliability.
Yes. I think in general, and we can follow up your math is directionally correct. What I would say is one piece that we need to think about is some of the network moves we made because there's native starches that we make at Argo that we also make in our Texture and Healthful Solutions network. So some of those volumes have moved and it will take time to move those volumes back. particularly since we look to benefit the business as a whole versus just one segment to another. And when you have that situation, we have intersegment sales, obviously, and there's a bit of profit kept by the manufacturing entity and the remainder is passed to the [indiscernible].
So that's a little bit of the math that's probably not quite as apparent when you're looking at that, but that will have a bit of an impact in Q3 and Q4. That will give you a little bit of a tailwind in TNHS, and it will offset with a little bit of a headwind in F&I U.S. Can But having said that, we do expect F&I US can to get back to normal operations. There will be a little bit of a hangover from those network moves as we move into next year. But we do see the F&I U.S. Can business returning to normal profit margins and levels next year.
Okay. Yes, I'll follow up on some of that off-line. That sounds a little bit more complicated. I did want to ask on Texture and Health, just, I mean, obviously, the second quarter was very strong. I mean 7% volume is great to see. I mean, clearly, we're not seeing any end market growing at that level. So I'm wondering if you could help decompose that a little bit between wins like share gains? And just given some of the commentary around Tapioca. Is there any pull forward in 2Q you think, from customers expecting price increases? Or is this a good run rate you'd expect?
Yes. We don't think there's any pull forward in the Q2 numbers. we're pleased with the 7% net sales volume growth, and we're pleased that it was our ninth consecutive quarter of sales volume growth. And that really continues to be driven by what we see as structural trends that we've been discussing really for the past several years, particularly clean label, where we have a great franchise, texture solutions, sugar reduction, protein fortification and where we're working increasingly on customized formulations and systems with large CPGs, private label manufacturers and in surgeon brands all through a revamped solution selling model supported by customer briefs and a strong pipeline of projects.
And so customers increasingly want customized systems to appeal to really the trends, the regulation changes, the appeal towards health and wellness, and some of the folks that are on some of the anti-obesity medications, again, looking for protein-fortified and fiber fortified ingredients.
Our next question comes from Heather Jones with Heather Jones Research.
Thanks for the questions. I wanted to revisit the THS volume question. If I'm doing the math correctly, it was like a 2-year stack of plus 10% on volumes. And if I'm remembering correctly, at the time of the Q1 call, it didn't sound like the I mean, you sound like things were good, but not that good. So I was just wondering if you could give us a sense of how -- what the cadence for demand was as the quarter progressed. And I know you mentioned that there was some tailwind from the Argo issue, someone that got shifted to shifted to [ texturants ], but did we -- did you see some restocking maybe in EMEA or whatever? Just wonder if you could help us understand what drove that.
Yes. Heather, I think we saw volume supported across the board. As you can see, the strong volume, and we still are seeing our solutions growing at a faster clip than the balance of the business, but we are also seeing strong performance in the remainder, including some of our native starches. Which obviously is very positive from our standpoint. Nothing really around restocking. Just overall, the market is performing pretty well.
Okay. And then thinking again about the Argo impact and just fast forward into '27. And I don't know if you all are ready to quantify this, but the impact of go, as all were talking about earlier, I mean it backs up to a pretty sizable number. Have you done any work around how much the benefit to THS nets against that of how we should be thinking about that net benefit? I know you talked about at qualitatively, but have you all thought putting any numbers to it?
Yes. I mean, in general, I would say it's a few million dollars a quarter. And also, I would remind you that there is a tailwind there from the [indiscernible] $2 million gain on our shares that hit the TNHS business. So that's a bit of a onetimer that we think is going to unwind in the third quarter. But remember, it's not just moving the native starch. It's when you're filling up that other plant, you also get that absorption benefit that can sort of be outsized when you're talking about a date of starch.
So your back half guidance for U.S. can implies anywhere from like 5% to 20% plus year-on-year growth. Is that a function of demand growth? Or is that a function of does Argo improve at the clip you anticipate? Or is there some backslid in there? How should I think about that guidance range?
Yes. No, Argo, that definitely includes Argo improving in the second half. As I mentioned earlier, we did see a little bit of a benefit in Q2. So there was some -- a little bit of a pull forward in Q2 because of how our corporate costs laid out in the SandStar benefit. But that assumes Argo recovering balance of year. As we look at that layout, we just continue to see it improving quarter by quarter by quarter. And that's what we anticipated in our guidance.
But we also haven't -- but we also haven't in the second half, just projected an automatic uptick straight up. It's not -- it's a sequential increase in improvement.
Yes. And to give more color around that, a lot of the products we make at Argo are dual supplied. And in cases where we're having challenges like we did in Q1 and Q2, our customer will pull more from 1 of the other suppliers. As we start to pull that volume back, that's why you see a little bit of a ramp-up in the third quarter and the fourth quarter and then expecting that to normalize next year.
Our next question comes from Pooran Sharma with Stephens.
You guys have talked about the solutions business for quite some time now. So I just wanted to understand if we could just get some higher-level details here around where you're at in terms of customer penetration. Are your largest global customers already heavily utilizing the platform? Or do you think the bigger opportunity for still expanding solutions is with existing customer relationships?
Yes. What we have been talking about as it relates to our solution selling model, which has really evolved and transformed over the last really 2 years is -- has been done while at the same time and our customer base and aligning our go-to-market resources towards where we have seen the majority of the reformulation and innovation coming from. So some of the dynamics that we've observed is obviously going back a year, 1.5 years ago, the amount of innovation and new product introductions coming from private sectors, and we had already pivoted towards understanding that ecosystem, the co-man, the co-manufacturing networks and where the innovation was getting done.
And we incrementally have continued to focus there. the branded manufacturers have fought back to gain share, and they are also heavily trying to innovate right now to drive organic volume growth. And historically, we've had great relationships with them and that's also benefited. But also -- and we've talked about this in some different interviews. We also are very focused on the growth of insurgent brands. And these kind of start-up companies, really, if you are formulated into their winning products, they are driving the majority of the organic volume growth in the food industry. And as a supplier, the business that you can generate with them in a relatively short period of time can be attractive as well.
So we've reoriented our go-to-market model as it relates to our inside sales or selling as well as the regular sales force and how we reach these insurgent brands and support their efforts. So it's really in those 3 areas. And then equally, as it relates to foodservice and food consumed away from home, especially the QSRs and the focus for them on affordability and texture and textural innovation. So it's coming from a really a variety of areas that we feel we have consciously purposefully segmented and deployed resources against to try our best to move to where we see the pursuit of the consumer and where real underlying organic volume growth exists. And that's why we think we've had 9 consecutive quarters of net sales volume growth for Texture and Healthful Solutions
Thank you. That concludes today's question-and-answer session. I'd like to turn the call back to Jim Zallie for closing remarks.
I want to thank everyone for joining us this morning. We look forward to seeing many of you at our upcoming investor events with the next significant engagement being the Barclays Global Consumer Conference on September 8 in Boston. At this time, I want to thank everyone for your continued interest in Ingredion.
This concludes today's conference call. Thank you for participating. You may now disconnect.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
Ingredion Incorporated — Q2 2026 Earnings Call
Ingredion Incorporated — Q2 2026 Earnings Call
Ingredion meldet solides Wachstum in der margenstarken Texture & Healthful Solutions‑Sparte, belastet kurzfristig von Argo‑Problemen, Mexico‑FX und hohen Tapioca‑Kosten.
📊 Quartal auf einen Blick
- Umsatz: $1,85 Mrd. (+1% YoY)
- Adj. Operating Income: $258 Mio. (−5% YoY)
- Adj. EPS (Q2): Rückgang um $0,05 vs. Vorjahr
- TNHS‑Volumen: +7% (9. Quartal in Folge Wachstum)
- Operative Punkte: Argo im Juni wieder auf Normalproduktion; tapioca‑Spotpreise >+40% seit Jahresbeginn
🎯 Was das Management sagt
- Wachstumsfokus: Solutions‑Strategie zeigt Kraft: Texture & Healthful Solutions liefert starken Volumen‑ und Margenbeitrag.
- Argo‑Stabilisierung: Technische Maßnahmen, gezielte Kapitaleinsätze plus Prozess‑/Führungsthemen adressiert; Produktion und Ausbeuten verbessern sich sequentiell.
- Akquisition: Tate & Lyle‑Deal soll $2,7 Mrd. Umsatz ergänzen, $130 Mio. Run‑Rate‑Synergien bis 2030 und >15% EPS‑Akkretion im ersten vollen Jahr nach Close.
🔭 Ausblick & Guidance
- FY2026 EPS: bestätigt $10,30–$10,90
- Umsatz‑Erwartung: flach bis niedrige einstellige Steigerung
- Adj. Op. Income: erwartet Rückgang mid‑single digits (Anpassung wegen Verkauf Mehrheit Pakistan‑Beteiligung)
- Segmentprognosen: TNHS: NS mid‑single digits / OI mid‑bis high single digits; F&I US/Can: NS down low‑single, OI down 20–25%
- Kapex & Cash: CapEx $450–$490 Mio.; operativer Cashflow $700–$800 Mio.
- Risiken: weitere tapioca‑Preisvolatilität, Mexico‑transaktionale FX‑Effekte, regulatorische Prüfungen für Tate & Lyle
❓ Fragen der Analysten
- Argo‑Thema: Höchste Nachfrage nach Details zu Margen am Plant‑Level und Zeitplan zur vollständigen Normalisierung; Management sieht Normalisierung bis Jahresende, Rest‑Effekte in Q3 gedacht.
- Preisweitergabe: Wie viel Inflation bleibt langfristig? Antwort: Tapioca wird überwiegend durchgereicht (1–1,5 Quartale Verzögerung); Middle‑East‑Effekte als überschaubar bewertet.
- Tate & Lyle: Fragen zu Integration und Regulierungs‑Timeline; Management bietet nur begrenzte Details (prozessbedingt), erwartet regulative Genehmigungen in mehreren Jurisdiktionen.
⚡ Bottom Line
- Fazit: Kurzfristig drücken Argo‑Störungen, Mexico‑FX und ungewöhnlich hohe Tapioca‑preise die Margen, langfristig bleibt das Unternehmen durch die starke Solutions‑Sparte und die Tate & Lyle‑Transaktion attraktiv; Anleger sollten die Integrations‑/Regulierungsfortschritte und die Entwicklung der Tapioca‑Preise beobachten.
Ingredion Incorporated — Q1 2026 Earnings Call
1. Management Discussion
Good day, and thank you for standing by. Welcome to the Q1 2026 Ingredion Inc. Earnings Conference Call. [Operator Instructions] Please be advised that today's conference is being recorded. After the speaker's presentation, there will be a question-and-answer session. [Operator Instructions] I would now like to hand the conference over to your speaker today, Noah Weiss, Vice President of Investor Relations.
Good morning, and welcome to Ingredion's First Quarter 2026 Earnings Call. I'm Noah Weiss, Vice President of Investor Relations. Joining me on today's call are Jim Zallie, our Chairman, President and CEO; and Jason Payant, our Vice President and Interim CFO.
The press release we issued today as well as the presentation we will reference for our first quarter results can be found on our website, ingredion.com, in the Investors section. As a reminder, our comments within the presentation may contain forward-looking statements. These statements are subject to various risks and uncertainties and include expectations and assumptions regarding the company's future operations and financial performance. Actual results could differ materially from those estimated in the forward-looking statements. and Ingredion assumes no obligation to update them in the future as or if circumstances change.
Additional information concerning factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those discussed during today's conference call or in this morning's press release can be found in the company's most recently filed annual report on Form 10-K and subsequent reports on Forms 10-Q and 8-K.
During this call, we also refer to certain non-GAAP financial measures, including adjusted earnings per share, adjusted operating income and adjusted effective tax rate, which are reconciled to U.S. GAAP measures in Note 2 non-GAAP information included in the press release and in today's presentation appendix. With that, I will turn the call over to Jim.
Thank you, Noah, and good morning, everyone. While we expected a challenging quarter after last year's strong first quarter, results were weaker than anticipated in Food and Industrial Ingredients U.S./Canada due to operational challenges at our Argo facility. At the same time, performance in our Texture and Healthful Solutions and Food and Industrial Ingredients LatAm segments were in line with our expectations despite an increasingly uncertain macroeconomic environment.
Overall, net sales were down 1% and adjusted operating income was down 22% versus last year, driven by Argo and softer industry volumes in Food and Industrial Ingredients, U.S./Canada and LatAm. As expected, our Texture and Healthful Solutions segment delivered a solid quarter with broad-based volume growth reflecting increased adoption of our expanding solutions portfolio and continued customer demand for clean label offerings.
Turning to the next slide. We are pleased that our Texture and Healthful Solutions segment posted its eighth straight quarter of volume growth, up 2%, led by Clean Label and Texture Solutions in EMEA and Asia Pac. In Food and Industrial Ingredients LatAm, overall volumes were slightly down for the quarter due to expected weaker consumer demand versus a strong first quarter last year. We saw a modest recovery in Brazil, supported by improved customer demand and early benefits from our polyols network optimization completed at the end of last year.
Additionally, this morning, we announced plans to cease operations at our Cabo manufacturing facility in Northeast Brazil by end of quarter 2 as we drive enterprise productivity to deliver operational efficiencies while sharpening customer mix priorities. We expect the actions we have taken in Brazil, both commercially and operationally to deliver continued benefits throughout the year.
In our Food and Industrial Ingredients U.S./Canada segment, net sales volumes declined 7% in the first quarter, driven primarily by operational issues at our Argo facility as well as softer demand across certain food and industrial markets. As noted earlier, Food and Industrial Ingredients U.S. Canada results were negatively impacted by Argo in the quarter. Within our February outlook, we expected $10 million to $15 million of additional costs to impact the quarter as the facility recovered to normal grind rates. However, additional operational challenges slowed the recovery and negatively impacted salable inventory. As a result, the actual quarter 1 impact was much greater than anticipated, coming in at $40 million comprised of higher maintenance spend and the costs associated with elevated levels of rework.
Additionally, we incurred higher logistics costs as we source products from other facilities in our network to meet customer commitments. In response to challenges in our refinery operations, we took meaningful actions during the quarter to diagnose and remedy the sources of process failures. We assembled a multidisciplinary team of internal and external experts in refinery unit operations and are pleased to say that downstream production returned to normal levels by quarter end. Unfortunately, in the midst of this progress on April 10, there was an isolated thermal event in Argo's corn germ processing operations. While the front-end grind and refinery were not impacted, crude oil production went offline.
Our teams are working diligently to restore our German processing capabilities, and we expect to return to normal operations in this unit within the second quarter. our balance of the year assumptions for food and industrial ingredients, U.S., Canada are based on the germ processing recovery time line that I just outlined, as well as sustaining current levels of production and yield through the refinery operations at Argo.
Turning to a significant driver of Texture and Healthful Solutions growth in the quarter. Our solutions sales continue to outpace overall segment growth. As a reminder, our solutions portfolio is approximately $1 billion or 40% of this segment's revenue. Clean label remains a major growth driver within our solutions offering. It is noteworthy to point out that even against a challenging volume backdrop, Customers continue to seek clean label options. Our industry-leading portfolio of functional native starches grew strongly in the quarter, benefiting from sustained customer demand for simpler ingredient panels and increased reformulation support.
Examples include customized texturizing systems for dairy and dairy alternative applications as well as solutions supporting reformulation for healthier bakery and beverage platforms. Solutions growth is coming from more than just clean label ingredients. It also reflects the breadth of our capabilities and how we are partnering with customers through co-development, providing formulation expertise and differentiated ingredients. This combination is helping us deepen customer engagement and improved mix within texture and helpful solutions. As part of the innovation engine for solutions, we are increasingly leveraging artificial intelligence to power the consumer insights and predictive formulation work that are at the heart of our solutions customer briefs. This is helping us accelerate the brief to solution cycle time.
Moving to another bright spot in the quarter, our healthful solutions portfolio comprised of clean taste solutions for sugar reduction and protein fortification continue to grow strongly. Sales of our pea protein isolates driven by recent new product innovations, grew more than 50% in the quarter. And our clean tasting stevia-based solutions also demonstrated a solid 6% growth in the quarter. Growth in these categories is broad-based across both branded and private label, reflecting the heightened consumer pull for protein-fortified and lower sugar offerings.
As we look ahead to the remainder of the year, we are actively monitoring and managing both the direct and secondary effects of higher energy prices. The largest impact we foresee is related to increased logistics costs, which we are actively working to offset with in-year price increases. It's important to mention that at this point, we don't foresee major challenges related to sourcing any of our important manufacturing inputs. The work done in recent years to increasingly localize our supply chain should position us well to mitigate disruptions.
We are also monitoring the impact higher energy costs are having on packaging inflation and gasoline prices. and the effect that together they could have on consumer demand in the second half. At this point, it's too early to estimate the degree to which these inflationary pressures may impact volumes. We are also carefully monitoring fluctuations in the value of the U.S. dollar.
The Mexican peso has unexpectedly maintained its strength, and this is presenting a meaningful transactional foreign exchange headwind for F&II, LatAm segment. The dynamics brought on by new inflationary headwinds are familiar to us as we have successfully managed through these periods before. We have the operational experience to react with agility and we are leveraging our pricing centers of excellence to implement targeted price increases where they are required and where possible. With that, I'll turn the call over to Jason for the financial review.
Thank you, Jim, and good morning, everyone. Moving to our income statement. Net sales for the first quarter were $1.8 billion, down 1% versus prior year. Gross profit declined 14% with gross margin decreasing to 22.4%, driven primarily by operational challenges at Argo, lower volumes and unfavorable mix in food and industrial ingredients, U.S., Canada and Food and Industrial Ingredients LatAm and transactional foreign exchange impacts in Mexico. Reported and adjusted operating income were $203 million and $212 million, respectively.
Turning to our Q1 net sales bridge. The 1% decrease was driven by $32 million in lower volume and $22 million in lower price mix, partially offset by $33 million of favorable foreign exchange translational impacts. Moving to the next slide. We highlight net sales drivers by segment for the first quarter. Texture and Healthful Solutions net sales were up 2%, driven by sales volume growth of 2% and foreign exchange favorability of 2%, partially offset by lower price/mix.
Food & Industrial Ingredients LatAm net sales were up 1%, driven by favorable foreign exchange partially offset by lower volumes and weaker price/mix. Food and Industrial Ingredients U.S. Canada net sales declined 9%, driven by operational challenges at Argo and weaker consumer demand.
Now let's turn to a summary of results by segment. Texture & Healthful Solutions net sales were up 2% in the first quarter, and operating income was up 1%. The increase in operating income was driven by favorable input costs, foreign exchange and better volumes, partially offset by strategic price and mix management. In Food & Industrial ingredients LatAm, net sales were up 1% in the quarter. However, operating income decreased by 9% to $115 million, with operating margins of approximately 20%. These decreases were driven primarily by Mexico transactional currency impacts and softer volumes in Mexico and the Indian region.
Positive performance in Brazil and the Argentina joint venture helped offset some of these headwinds, allowing the total segment to deliver results in line with expectations.
Moving to Food & Industrial Ingredients U.S. Canada. First quarter net sales were down 9%. Operating income was $34 million, driven by operational challenges at our Argo Plant and weaker volumes and mix. Net sales in all other increased approximately 3%, driven by continued growth in protein fortification particularly in higher-value isolate and specialty protein applications.
Operating income improved by over $3 million year-on-year, reflecting improved mix and operating leverage. Turning to our first quarter earnings bridge. The top half of this slide reconciles reported to adjusted earnings per share and the bottom half walks through the drivers of the year-over-year change. Adjusted diluted earnings per share declined by $0.63 year-over-year, including $0.71 of margin impacts and $0.14 of volume impacts that were primarily the result of the operational challenges we previously discussed.
These headwinds were partially offset by foreign exchange benefits of $0.07, and other income benefits of $0.08 per share as well as $0.07 of nonoperating items, including $0.06 of share repurchase benefits.
Turning to cash flow and capital allocation. we continue to demonstrate financial discipline in the quarter. Year-to-date cash from operations was $33 million, reflecting a planned investment of approximately $205 million in working capital. This was driven primarily by receivables and payables. We invested $110 million of capital expenditures, net of disposals, to support reliability, capacity, and strategic priorities across the business.
During the quarter, we continued to return cash to shareholders through $52 million in dividends and the repurchase of $14 million of shares. This underscores our commitment to balance capital allocation and long-term shareholder value creation.
Now let me turn to our updated 2026 outlook. As Jim noted in his opening remarks, we have revised our outlook to reflect the updated impact from Argo, foreign exchange transactional impacts from continued strength of the Mexican peso relative to the U.S. dollar, the impact of higher energy prices on input costs and logistics and softer volumes in LatAm. For the full year 2026, we now anticipate net sales to be flat to up low single digits and adjusted operating income will be flat to down low single digits.
Our 2026 financing cost estimate is in the range of $35 million to $45 million and a reported and adjusted effective tax rate of 26% to 27.5%. Our full year adjusted earnings per share is now expected to be in the range of $10.45 to $11.15. This outlook assumes sequential operating improvements at Argo and continued resilience in the Texture and Healthful Solutions segment.
Our adjusted earnings per share range is based on a diluted share count of 63.5 million to 64.5 million shares. We anticipate that our 2026 cash from operations will now be in the range of $725 million to $825 million, reflecting our updated net income expectation as well as working capital investments in line with net sales growth and normalized inventory levels in food and industrial ingredients U.S., Canada.
Capital expenditures for the full year are now anticipated to be between $400 million to $440 million. Please note that our guidance reflects current tariff levels in effect at the end of April 2026. In addition, this guidance excludes any acquisition-related integration and restructuring costs as well as any potential impairment costs.
Turning to our updated full year outlook by segment. Our net sales outlook for Texture and Hospital Solutions remains the same, but operating income is now expected to be up low single digits, which still reflects volume growth but is partially offset by higher input cost inflation. For Food and Industrial Ingredients LatAm, net sales are now estimated to be flat to down low single digits and operating income is expected to be down low single digits. -- reflecting foreign currency transactional headwinds in Mexico and softer volumes in LatAm. As a reminder, our Mexico business is U.S. dollar denominated, but most of our SG&A and operating costs are in pesos. As the peso strengthens against the dollar, our transactional costs increased in dollar terms, which negatively impacts operating income and can more than offset translational benefits against a weaker U.S. dollar in other parts of our LatAm business. For Food and Industrial Ingredients, U.S./Canada, we now expect net sales to be down low single digits and operating income is projected to be down low double digits, which reflects the impact of Argo operational challenges in Q1 on our full year outlook.
All other operating income is still anticipated to improve by $5 million to $10 million from full year 2025.
Lastly, for the second quarter of 2026, we expect net sales to be flat to up low single digits and adjusted operating income to be down high single digits as we lap a very strong second quarter in 2025. That concludes my comments, and I'll turn it back over to Jim.
Thank you, Jason. To close, even in a challenging quarter, we continue to see momentum in the highest value parts of our portfolio, particularly Texture and Healthful Solutions, where customer demand remains robust supported by clean label, healthy eating, reformulation and solutions-led growth. As stated, our Food and Industrial Ingredients U.S./Canada projections are based on the sequential operational recovery at Argo throughout quarter 2 and reflects sustaining current levels of production and yield for the balance of the year.
We are actively monitoring and managing the impacts of energy and currency movements and are pursuing targeted price increases where required and where possible. Our enterprise productivity initiatives, specifically from network optimization are providing operational and commercial benefits, which will support margin. With a strong balance sheet and solid cash generation, we remain well positioned to invest for growth, support our strategic priorities and deploy capital with discipline as we continue to build long-term shareholder value. Now let's open the call for questions. Operator?
[Operator Instructions]
And our first question comes from Pooran Sharma from Stephens.
2. Question Answer
This is [ Jack Harton ] on for Pooran. Once Argo normalizes, do you still view the food and industrial ingredients U.S. Canada business as capable of getting back to the mid- to high teens operating margin profile?
And is that more of a 2027 target now? Or could that run rate be possible exiting 2026?
Yes. The answer to that question is yes. we are still committed to getting back to the mid-teens operating income margins, for that business, consistent with what we put forward in the Investor Day in September of last year. The issues at Argo are the predominant driving factor in relationship to the margin decline and the operating income decline in that business. We are encouraged by how the grind and how the refinery operations finished the quarter. We were disappointed with the April 10 issue in the germ processing unit.
But again, that particular issue is isolated. It's in a very specific location within the plant separate from grind, separate from the refinery operations and the repairs are well underway, and that unit should be back up and running again within quarter 2.
So in answer to your question from a standpoint of getting back the majority of the 1,000 basis points of margin decline in this quarter compared to the 16% to 17% that we are typically projecting, I think we would say for 2027, certainly, that is our aspiration. That is our expectation at this point in time. And assuming that we can string a couple of good quarters together of runability reliability, we feel that from a standpoint of the demand and how we've been able to service customers through this period, we feel that we can get back to those levels of operating income.
And a quick follow-up on capital allocation. With the updated cash flow from operations guidance and CapEx guidance remaining the same, how should we think about capital allocation through the rest of the year? And is the prior commitment of $100 million roughly the right way to think about it? Or has that been updated as well? .
Jason, do you want to take that?
Yes. I would say, yes. Certainly, based on our current cash flow projections and capital allocation priorities, we plan to build on the 14 million shares we repurchased in Q1 to meet our full year targeted commitment.
And quarter 1's CapEx came in consistent with the full year projections as well. So yes, it's to continue as planned for the capital allocation priorities.
Thank you. Our next question comes from Josh Spector with UBS.
I wanted to drill into Texture and Healthful a little bit more and just understand some of your kind of assumptions through the year. I guess, if I look at the first quarter, your organic growth was about flat. You got the couple of points basically from FX. So assuming FX becomes less of a tailwind, you basically need organic growth to pick up. So I'm just curious, relative to kind of the 2% volumes and the down 2% pricing, how do you expect that to evolve through the year to get the segment to the low to mid-single-digit growth kind of you expect for the year in total? .
Well, the mid-single-digit target is part of our long-term algorithm for growth. We're pleased to deliver the 2% net sales volume growth in the quarter. And I think it's noteworthy, again to highlight that it's the eighth consecutive quarter of sales volume growth. We really believe that the focus that we have now on solutions, which is a result of the resegmentation work that we completed nearly 2 years ago, and the solution selling approach that we have globally implemented with trainings and certifications and formulation experts that collaborate with our 30-plus Idea Labs around the world plus our technical headquarters in Bridgewater, New Jersey, all of that continues to come together very well on behalf of the customer and at the same time, driven by regulatory changes, Health and Wellness trends, there is a number of reformulations that are coming to us from customers, we also have proactively decoded, I guess, you could say, better than we have in the past, the private label ecosystem and the supply networks, the co-packing networks and we have an increasing pipeline of project briefs to support customers with solution selling and co-creation, which is driving really deeper engagement and faster delivery of solutions to customers.
And so I think all of that makes us feel confident that when the macroeconomic conditions and inflationary pressures, less than a bit, that's going to enable us to move from what currently is low single digits to that mid-single-digit territory that we believe is absolutely achievable and correct for that segment based on the portfolio that we have based on the differentiated ingredients that we have and based on the investments that we have made in capabilities, both in people capabilities as well as in equipment capabilities within our R&D facilities. So that's what gives us the confidence that we can do that.
Okay. No, I appreciate that. I guess I'd be more specifically curious on pricing because you guys have done well on volumes, but pricing has been a persistent headwind. It sounds like from kind of how you described the call today, you'd expect pricing maybe to pick up to cover some of the higher costs that you're starting to see is in other areas. Is this the right framework or go ahead. .
Yes. Let me try to clarify in relationship to something that occurred uniquely in the quarter to try to help put that in perspective. So first of all, let me speak to margins, which is what you're also getting at with your question around pricing. What's encouraging to highlight is that margins in U.S. and Canada in Texture and Healthful solutions actually increased in the quarter. The majority of the slight margin compression we're seeing is related to the rapid rise in tapioca costs in Asia Pacific. And Tapioca for us is a significant business. And that increase or a pretty rapid increase in tapioca costs in Asia Pac started to occur at the end of quarter 4 last year. And so the time lag that it takes to pass through those costs through increasing pricing is what we're seeing in quarter 1 manifest itself. And so that typically takes about 1 quarter, 1.5 quarters to work its way through just on how tapioca pricing works.
So that may help to clarify what you're highlighting in relationship to the quarter and some of the margin compression that we experienced. It's something that's pretty heavily weighted and unique to that particular issue.
Okay. I guess one other just quick follow-up around that issue is just -- so pricing was still reported down. So how do I square escalation in costs in the pricing side there? Is that the timing that, that margin on that price recovers in 2Q? Or are there other factors outside of this, which are still pressuring that? .
Yes. So regarding pricing and taking it back to, I think, maybe the prior earnings call and what we said in relationship to Texture and Healthful for the full year. Going into contracting, we were for our less differentiated products, having to price to maintain market share and in some cases, increase our market share to a degree.
And we are expecting and are seeing increases in fixed cost absorption through our Texture and Healthful Solutions manufacturing facilities because we did pursue volume in the contracting period and that's why the setup for this year you're seeing some of that play itself out in the way of how pricing is being viewed. But we believe that, that was absolutely the right approach to continue with our relevance with the customer base that we segmented and targeted to then bring our solutions capabilities, which over time are going to increase our margins just due to the higher gross profit associated with solutions versus the, say, less differentiated parts of the Texture and Healthful solutions portfolio.
So there's a few things going on here strategically as it relates to how we approach the year from a standpoint of what the market say, gave us related to competitive dynamics going into contracting and how we pursue pricing. But the thing to be most encouraged about is the solutions growth in the quarter which are margin accretive and over time. And then we had this one issue related to the tapioca costs, which, again, we've been there on the other side of that before many times. And given our market position, those prices will flow through, it just takes about a quarter to 1.5 quarters to get them.
Next question comes from Benjamin Mayhew with BMO Capital Markets.
So my first question has to do with just thinking about the tough macro environment, customers having to manage pricing. So I'm just wondering what are you seeing in terms of elasticity on your products? And how -- when you're trying to take this pricing, how might that impact volumes should you need to pass through an extended amount of costs through the balance of the year. .
I'm going to let Jason take this, but let me just set it up. So obviously, very similar to last year in relationship to the tariff implementation, we obviously have been very proactive to put in place a Middle East response team that is collecting all of the input to our business as it relates to the inflationary impacts of increasing energy prices. And we're monitoring and managing those direct and indirect impact.
So we have a handle right now on certainly the direct impacts and what we need to do to offset the logistics cost increases and any increases that are flowing through to us directly with chemicals and/or packaging. Jason, do you want to -- you're overseeing that? Do you want to give some perspective on it's early. I know it's very early in the cycle, but the team is actively working that.
Yes. And as we've done in the past with tariffs and other disruptions like this, we do believe that we will be able to pass through most of the costs. There may be a small but manageable net negative impact, but overall history has shown that contractually and consistent with market dynamics, we are able to pass those costs through. I mean at this point, what's more difficult to predict is the indirect impacts this may have on consumer demand as our customers work to pass through those incremental costs on to the market.
Yes, I think that's absolutely correct. I think that last year, if you remember, we navigated tariffs extremely well. And in fact, I think the net impact to us was after putting through price increases, a net impact of about $6 million for all of the tariffs that went into place last year, and we managed through that very well. This year, as it relates to the direct impacts thus far that we've been able to project forward for the Middle East energy price situation, we're seeing a number in a similar range. So we think that's extremely manageable.
But to Jason's point, the bigger watch out, I think, for everyone, for the industry at large, is the longer the conflict lasts and the inflationary impacts are felt through increases that consumer products goods companies are putting through in packaging, plastic-related packaging, which is mid-single digits, high single digits and passing that on to the consumer as well as, obviously, gasoline prices that are going to impact lower to mid income consumers, that's where I think the watch out is for the second half of the year, which is very hard to predict even though in the first quarter, -- we saw minimal to no impact of this, but everyone is watching cautiously despite the fact that consumers seem to remain robust in the first quarter, at least in the United States.
Got it. That's very helpful. And just a follow-up question. Go in a different direction here. Your balance sheet, the cash balance is still very, very strong. And we know that you've been looking at a pretty robust M&A pipeline that, that valuations haven't quite been where they need to be to take action. As you're looking at a potentially tougher environment for the industry, how are you thinking about your M&A pipeline?
Is it getting more interesting? And are you prepared to pursue more inorganic growth?
Yes. I mean 1 of the things we're obviously fortunate to have is a strong balance sheet and strong cash flows, and that does provide us optionality to pursue value-accretive M&A. I think it's important to note that we have a track record for remaining disciplined in pursuit of M&A prospects. And when we do pursue a target and integrate that business, we've typically integrated and delivered on the business case. We have a robust M&A pipeline. We always do, and we're actively pursuing a number of businesses that could bring us obviously, sales and EBITDA and talent and technology. And anything that's going to, again, enhance our winning aspiration in the areas of texture solutions and helpful solutions, that's going to be our priority. But again, we'll remain disciplined in relationship to the value-accretive nature of of those and the executability and the synergies that we can deliver from those targets.
Our next question comes from Ben Theurer with Barclays.
I just wanted to follow up a little bit on the performance in Latin America and what's been driving this. You've called out the volume decline. But if we look at some of the underlying trends, be it at the Coke bottlers or even what we saw with large beer brewers in Brazil earlier this morning as well reporting surprisingly better results.
I was just wondering where the mismatch is in between what we saw operationally from the Coke bottlers, brewers in the region was actually flattish to maybe even slightly up volume versus you guys having about a 7% impact on volume. Just wanted to understand the mismatch here.
Yes, Ben, it's a really good question, and we saw those results as well that you referred to. So what we can say about our LatAm volumes, we expect volumes to be down slightly lapping a strong 2025. For us, brewery volumes have been lower than anticipated thus far due to conservative customer ordering ahead of the World Cup, which is surprising. We believe this has the potential to pick up in quarter 2. However, we're lapping soft volumes in quarter 3 of last year related to a particular customer contract management issue, and we think that the second half, the volumes are going to be stronger.
The Mexican economy continues to demonstrate softness. And thus, we have a cautious outlook on volumes for the remainder of the year for Mexico. I think GDP growth now is in the, say, 1% to 1.5% territory. And so overall, against a record Mexico performance last year, we're seeing softness in relationship to that. And then as Jason alluded to, we have the impact of the Mexican peso, which is a headwind for us as well. And we'll dig more into the numbers that you referred to, specifically in brewing and try to understand what may be happening in relationship to say no and low alcohol beers, which appears to be growing 25% in comparison to mainstay beers and understand how that then flows through to us and impacts us. But that's what we're seeing. That's what we can say to you in relationship to trying to reconcile it at this point in time.
Okay. And then just following up, the price mix, was it more price? Or was it more mix in terms of what drove the headwinds here? Just to understand if it's more like just price pass-through? Or if is it actual mix effect to lower priced items? .
In Latin America, you're asking?
Yes, correct. Yes, correct.
Jason, do you want to take that?
Yes. I would say that the -- all the impacts from the price were reflected in our guidance and even our original guidance. It's really at this point, it's kind of a mix issue. We're seeing differentiated customer mix and some product mix that is having a little bit of an impact there. But overall, results were in line with our expectations for the quarter. And we're not seeing a huge change in LatAm balance of year. Obviously, the bigger drivers in our guidance change are Argo, which is about half of it. And then the balance is really the Mexican peso and some of the Middle East impacts on energy costs. So the LATAM piece is really a smaller component of that.
Thank you. Our next question comes from Kristen Owen with Oppenheimer.
Just following up on this thread on LatAm. I wanted to ask if you could provide a little bit of background on the Cabo plant. Just what the decision factor was there and how we should think about that influencing margins? And also just a clarification on the model. Is the shutdown of that plant included in the updated outlook and then I have a follow-up. .
The answer to your last question is yes. And I'll give you some context and relationship to the decision that we announced today. We're always continuously evaluating the efficiency and optimization of our operations and network. And as part of a broader initiative to adjust our operating footprint in Brazil with the goal of strengthening operational efficiency, competitiveness, long-term business sustainability, we made the decision to cease operations at our Cabo plant. That plant is in the Northeast part of Brazil, economic growth in that part of Brazil. compared to when we made that decision to make that investment hasn't lived up to its potential. Brazil at the time of that plant going in Brazil itself was growing 7%. I remember when the investment was made.
And here we are 15-plus years later and the potential for that plant with its location and the economic growth in that territory just hasn't delivered. So while these decisions are never easy, the decision regarding Cabo does align with our long-term vision for Brazil, as we concentrate resources on higher value-generating businesses. And what I think is also noteworthy is the decision we took in Brazil as well in quarter 4 to close our Elconterra plant, the ingredient polyols business in Brazil is a strategic growth platform.
And we successfully have executed that, and we've expanded our polyols production at our flagship facility at Mogi Guacu, and that is delivering now on all elements. And so we're encouraged by that, and that will provide some strength for the Brazilian business in this year as well as the savings associated with the Cabo facility. So these were all necessary moves to strengthen our footprint and our network in Brazil, dealing with the realities of the marketplace.
Okay. Great. And then my follow-up question, just -- we've talked about some of the moving pieces in F&I North America. But I'm wondering if you can help us understand how to think about like co-product opportunities, just given where fed oil prices have moved, maybe some cross wins on the paper and packaging side, just how we should think about that influencing the balance of the year?
Do you want to take that, Jason?
Yes, I can take that. I think our co-products are always an important part of the business. And what we've been able to do over the past few years is mitigate some of the volatility related to the co-products. So as we've been able to hedge further forward on our corn during our contracting process, we're also hedging forward our co-products. So that does somewhat temper any volatility relative to our forecast, which is actually a good thing.
So we'll obviously see a little bit of benefit as products rise for the unhedged portion of our contracts, but it will be muted relative to what we may have seen 5 or 10 years ago.
Our next question comes from Heather Jones with Heather Jones Research.
Thanks for the question. I hopped on late, so I apologize if I -- my question is repetitive, but I was wondering on the guidance side, I guess I just wanted to ask about your confidence level. So as far as the Argo issue, you had the issues from last year's fire and now there was a recent fire, I think that was in the corn germ part of the plant. So I was wondering have the issues from last year have been fully resolved?
And does your guidance for the rest of the year assume that the corn germ piece is fully resolved relatively soon.
Yes. The answer to your last question is yes, in quarter 2 that issue, we believe, will be behind us. Let me -- because Argo was so significant in the quarter, I do want to take just maybe a little bit more time picking up on your question, if you don't mind, to try to put it in perspective. Because it's been a disappointment for us.
Early in the first quarter, we had a failure in our corn conveying at the plant, which led to incremental intra-plant logistics basically to have corn flow as it should, and that led to increased logistics and maintenance costs. Now this was repaired in the quarter, and that's now behind us. In addition, in our downstream refinery operations, we experienced operational reliability challenges in our syrup refining. And that led to product downgrades and unexpected rework costs.
And typically, we can overcome that pretty quickly. And in this case, the issue and getting to the root cause proved a little bit more elusive and it just took longer than we had anticipated. Now this issue unfortunately persisted through the quarter and was the single biggest unexpected negative impact to results. That's now resolved, and that's now behind us.
And so -- and that came about through really kind of a SWAT team approach to get that behind us. Now while these issues cumulatively had a significant impact, we're pleased to say with where we're at right now, the issues are behind us and refinery production is operating at normalized rates as we exited the quarter. But to the question you asked about the thermal event that we had on April 10, we suffered that thermal event in our corn germ processing unit, which took this unit offline for approximately 5 to 6 weeks, and that is scheduled to be back online within quarter 2.
And it was isolated, it was limited to just the germ processing area. Again, the front-end grind and refinery were not impacted. And what's important to highlight is that due to the nonrecurring nature and magnitude of this event, that impact will be excluded from our adjusted results. So what I leave you with related to the Argo plant is that we're seeing sequential improvement at Argo and our outlook assumes we will sustain the production and yield levels we're operating at today. So hopefully, that provides you some additional context as it relates to Fargo and the impact in the quarter.
It does. And I just want to clarify for my next question. So the issues from last year, where I think there was a dryer issue related to your gluten feed and gluten meal, that was fully resolved and was not a factor in Q1. It was more on the downstream refinery, but that's all been resolved. It's working well. The corn germ issue, is not resolved, but is expected to be, but regardless, it's excluded from your adjusted guidance. .
That is 100% -- that is correct.
Yes. And I can say -- the challenge you have when your germ processing goes down as you have more term, right? So we can store a good portion of it that we can process once everything is back online. But - some of that will go into the wet feed pile or and it will impact co-product values overall.
And because you have a larger portion of product that you need to dry, we won't be able to manage that through all of the dryers. But the issues of last year are resolved, but we do expect a little follow-on co-product headwinds as we get the corn germ processing back online.
Okay. And then I want to go through your segment guidance. So if I was reading the releases and Q4 is released correctly, I think you took down TNH a little bit. I think you've been guiding up low single digit. You're guiding up low single digit had been low single to mid-single. LatAm now down and U.S. can down low double digit. And U.S. can seems obvious because of Argo, I was wondering on the TNH side in the LatAm side, I heard your commentary regarding brewing demand has been weaker than expected to date, and there's obviously been some increases broad-based increases from a cost perspective.
Are those guidance changes related to the cost? Or has there also been disappointing demand beyond just brewing in those regions?
Jason, go ahead.
Yes. No, I would say that impact on TNHS really just reflects the higher costs that we're expecting from the higher energy costs, and the lag that it will take in some regions to pass those costs through. And again, there will be a net negative but small but manageable impact. for certain costs that we can't pass on to customers, warehouse to warehouse transfers, things like that.
So that's really the cause of the reduced outlook for TNHS. Beyond that, we're expecting volumes and sales to be roughly in line with our original guidance. Although as we said, it's hard to assess the potential impact on consumer demand that those higher cost pass-throughs may ultimately have. So that's something that we're watching carefully and would be included in the lower end of our range.
Okay. I appreciate it. .
Thank you, Heather.
Our next question comes from Ben Klieve with Benchmark StoneX.
Just 1 quick 1 for me. You alluded on the call in your prepared remarks earlier in the call, to optionality regarding growth investments. And I'm wondering a couple of things around this dynamic. First of all, have the issues that you've been forced to navigate here, be it Argo or the various macro dynamics, have those in any way, compromised your ability to really focus on growth initiatives so far year-to-date?
And then second of all, can you talk about how you were -- how you see these growth investments kind of evolving. Are you winning in now more into the kind of the protein side of the business that you highlighted, still focused quite a bit on the TNHS segment? Any context there would be great.
Yes. I think 1 of the things that we did is alongside of our enterprise productivity initiative, which we always need to have as a lever to drive continuous improvement in our business. As a management team, we got together early in the year looking at that initiative and what we wanted to achieve from that this year alongside of what our CapEx budget presented.
And we ring-fenced certain investments that we preserved for support of our texture solutions, for example, capability build. And we proceed it to make the people investments and the innovation investments. So right now, 1 of the bodies of work in enterprise productivity which you would think could be solely about cost reduction, but actually 1 of the biggest parts of our enterprise productivity is over, is enhancing our innovation operating model and how do we become even more efficient and effective from innovation with the investments that we have -- we can make in artificial intelligence to get the predictive formulation that's at the heart of our solutions capability as well as the measurement capabilities to do structure function predictability work for, again, texture solutions.
So we've ring-fenced those investments. We're continuing to make those investments. And the cash flows afford us the opportunity to invest both in a balanced way in growth capital as well as reliability capital and we're always assessing those needs. And I think we've got the balance right going forward. We spent a lot of time debating and discussing that.
Very good. I appreciate that context. I'll get back in queue. .
Thank you. I would now like to turn the call back over to Jim Zallie for any closing remarks.
All right. Well, I want to thank everyone for joining us this morning. We look forward to seeing many of you at our upcoming investor events with the next significant engagement being the BMO Farm to Market Conference on May 13 in New York. And at this time, I want to thank everyone for your continued interest in Ingredion.
Thank you. This concludes the conference. Thank you for your participation. You may now disconnect.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
Ingredion Incorporated — Q1 2026 Earnings Call
Ingredion Incorporated — Q1 2026 Earnings Call
Ingredion meldet Q1 mit moderatem Umsatzrückgang, deutlich reduzierter Profitabilität durch Argo-Probleme, während Solutions-Wachstum weiter Stabilität bringt.
📊 Quartal auf einen Blick
- Nettoverkauf: $1,8 Mrd. (−1% YoY)
- Adjusted OI: $212 Mio. (−22% YoY)
- Bruttomarge: 22,4% (Bruttogewinn −14% YoY)
- Adjusted EPS: −$0,63 YoY; Volljahrprognose $10,45–$11,15
- Segment-Spot: Texture & Healthful Solutions: Volumen +2% (8. Quartal Wachstum)
🎯 Was das Management sagt
- Argo-Maßnahmen: Multidisziplinäres Team beseitigt Prozessfehler; Germ-Unit-Ausfall (thermisches Ereignis) soll in Q2 behoben sein; Q1-Kosten durch Argo ~$40 Mio.
- Solutions-Fokus: Ausbau von Clean-label- und Textur‑Lösungen, Co‑Development und KI-gestützte Formulierungsarbeit treiben höherwertiges Wachstum.
- Portfolio-Optimierung: Stilllegung des Cabo‑Werks in Brasilien zur Effizienzsteigerung; Polyol‑Netzwerk bereits optimiert.
🔭 Ausblick & Guidance
- FY2026 Umsatz: Flat bis +niedrige einstellige %
- FY2026 Adjusted OI: Flat bis −niedrige einstellige %; EPS $10,45–$11,15
- Cash & CapEx: Operativer Cashflow $725–$825 Mio.; CapEx $400–$440 Mio.
- Q2-Prognose: Umsatz flat bis +niedrige einstellige %, Adjusted OI −hohe einstellige % (starker Q2-Vergleich 2025)
- Risiken: Annahmen basieren auf Argo‑Wiederherstellung; wesentliche Unsicherheiten: mexikanischer Peso (transaktionaler FX), steigende Energie-/Logistikkosten und mögliche Nachfrageeffekte.
❓ Fragen der Analysten
- Argo‑Recovery: Analysten hinterfragen Rückkehr zu mid‑teens-Margen in NA; Management sieht das Ziel realistisch, erwartet dies eher 2027, wenn mehrere Quartale stabile Laufzeiten folgen.
- Preis‑/Volumen‑Elastizität: Nachfragebedenken bei Preiserhöhungen; Management erwartet, Kosten größtenteils weiterzugeben, indirekte Auswirkungen auf Konsumentennachfrage bleiben Unsicherheit.
- LatAm & FX: Stärke des Pesos verursacht transaktionale Margin‑Kopfschmerzen; Cabo‑Schließung und Brasilien‑Optimierungen sollen mittelfristig verbessern.
⚡ Bottom Line
Q1 zeigt eine operative Delle durch Argo und transaktionale FX‑Effekte; die wachstumsstarke Solutions‑Sparte liefert aber Resilienz. Entscheidend für die Aktie sind das fehlerfreie Hochfahren von Argo in Q2, die Pass‑through‑Fähigkeit steigender Energie-/Logistikkosten und die Entwicklung des mexikanischen Pesos.
Ingredion Incorporated — Consumer Analyst Group of New York Conference 2026
1. Management Discussion
Everyone find their seats, please for our next presentation. Well, it's my pleasure to welcome Ingredion back to CAGNY, introduce President and CEO, Jim Zallie. Ingredion is a leader in global ingredient solutions, and Jim is building on more than 40 years in the food industry and 17 years with the company. Over his time with Ingredion, Jim has been instrumental in the company's growth through customer focus, productivity, people development, innovation and expansion into new markets. He's led the successful integration of strategic acquisitions that have broadened the portfolio in sugar reduction, clean label and texture solutions. In 2025, the company again posted record results, including $950 million in cash from operations, about half of which was returned to shareholders.
Here to tell us more is Jim. Welcome. Thank you. Take it away.
Thank you, Jonathan, and it is great to be back at CAGNY to provide everyone an update on Ingredion's activities and our progress this past year and the opportunities that we see before us. So I am going to open today's presentation discussing our strategic vision for growth, and I will be joined by Patrick Kalotis, our Executive Vice President for Texture and Healthful Solutions. I believe this is Patrick's first CAGNY presentation. Patrick joined Ingredion late last year with nearly 30 years of experience in the food industry working for some of our most important customers. So he brings a real voice of customer to Ingredion. Following Patrick will be Rob Ritchie, our Executive Vice President for Food and Industrial Ingredients businesses as well as Sugar reduction. And Rob has presented at CAGNY in the past, and he has really deep knowledge of the industry and more than 30 years of experience with Ingredion. Jim Gray, our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, will conclude the presentation with a financial overview and an update to our long-term outlook.
So please note that certain statements we may make today may contain forward-looking information, which is governed by, of course, our safe harbor provisions. Now let me share with you an update on Ingredion's recent progress and how we're strategically positioning ourselves for the future. For those of you that are not familiar with Ingredion, we are a global ingredient solutions provider, primarily to the food and beverage industry, where nearly 70% of our revenues come from. But we're also a preferred supplier to the papermaking and corrugated box industries as well as a specialty ingredient supplier to the pharma and home and personal care markets.
We have been in business for more than 100 years and an interesting fact, next year, we'll celebrate 125 years of listing on the New York Stock Exchange as the 12th longest listed company. And that legacy has us very well positioned with more than 16,000 global customers and local customers in 120 countries around the world, which we service through 30 Idea Labs that are strategically positioned in 22 countries around the world. Last year was another record year for Ingredion with record gross profit margins of over 25%, up 120 basis points on prior year. Record earnings per share, which was driven by our Texture and Healthful Solutions segment, where we returned $435 million to shareholders through dividends and share repurchases. We also exited the year once again with a very strong cash position.
Over the last 3 years, Ingredion has averaged the generation of $1 billion in cash, providing a very strong balance sheet today, which provides us financial flexibility and provides us also optionality going forward. Now more than 2 years ago, you might remember that we resegmented our business into 3 large global or multi-country regional segments based on the value propositions inherent in the respective segment portfolios as well as the way customers prefer to engage with us from an innovation and servicing standpoint. So this strategic resegmentation of our portfolio has provided more scale to leverage and increase our intimacy with customers, better enabling us to co-create and deliver consumer-preferred innovation. Our sugar reduction and protein fortification businesses are in the all other category, which we characterize as other growth bets.
Now I do want to say something about our Food and Industrial Ingredients businesses because they have performed extremely well in the recent few years. And that's due to the in-country and across-region customer relationships and the synergies that are inherent within our Food and Industrial Ingredients businesses, both in LATAM and in U.S./Canada. And we've demonstrated an ability to generate strong profit growth as well as cash generation over the last 3 years. Due to the strong leadership positions we have, for example, in Brazil, Colombia and Mexico, our LATAM businesses generate nearly $500 million of operating income with an OI margin of 21%. And our U.S./Canada business has delivered 15% compounded annual growth over the last 3 years in operating income, and it operates at an operating income margin of 16%. So very solid businesses that are strong cash generation businesses that help support the growth ambitions that we have going forward in the future.
Now providing growth opportunities to our Global Texture and Healthful Solutions segment are macro trends where we believe we are well positioned to capitalize on from our market -- from our product portfolio and the focus of our go-to-market teams. For example, our market leadership in natural high-intensity sweeteners position us strongly with customers that are reformulating for low and no sugar recipes. Our pea protein isolates are coming off a very strong year of growth and profit improvement, capitalizing on the increases in protein fortification for those pursuing an active lifestyle or for those that are on the anti-obesity medications. Also, given all of the reformulating that's taking place as branded goods and private label manufacturers look to innovate with cleaner labels, our portfolio of industry-leading clean label starches and specialty flours are driving overall solutions growth, which Patrick will talk about.
And here's an example of the clean label growth. It's one of those categories that is growing in both volume and in revenue. Consumers are checking labels more than ever, and they consider natural or clean label claims more important than ever, and they're willing to pay for it. Over the last 4 years, the clean label category has grown in revenue at a compounded annual growth rate of 6%. And across the demographic spectrum, buying trends are signaling that consumers have a very strong preference that's increasing in healthy eating. Two buying trends across 4 generations are for high protein and for high fiber. And you can also see common across all groups is the avoidance of any ingredient that comes across as artificial. For example, artificial colors, of course, and artificial flavors. So there is this trend towards positive nutrition or fortification and more authentic labeling.
These categories that are shown here are what we call consumer benefit areas are also large individually. As you see, in the case of clean label, $145 billion consumer benefit category itself or protein fortification at $28 billion. So these categories provide headroom for growth for us working with customers in these spaces. And all of these health-oriented claims driven by these -- by the tailwinds are growing high single digits with a forecast for fiber fortification this year and into the future to grow at similar rates due to the satiety benefits of fiber. According to FMI, the global dietary fiber market is entering a decade of accelerated growth with industry revenue anticipated to reach $13.6 billion in 2026 and projected to expand at a compounded annual growth rate of 10% between now and 2036.
So a little bit about our engine of innovation. Our approach starts with capabilities that we've invested in over the last number of years, specifically in consumer and market research, market insights that enable us to connect with customers toward unmet needs and co-create with our customers recipes that address those unmet needs. So with a common understanding of the consumer, we're connecting with customers in ways that we haven't in many years, and we're leveraging investments that we've made in texture and sensory science supported by predictive formulation to position ourselves to overcome texture deficiencies as products are being reformulated that are being positioned healthier, but also looking to help elevate the overall texture experience to develop new and interesting textures that can help drive innovation for both CPG branded goods manufacturers as well as private label manufacturers and have products that will be winning on the shelf.
So what I'd like to do is I'd like to conclude my section before turning it over to Patrick with a reference to our strategic pillars for growth. Our strategy to drive profitable growth is centered on understanding our customers better and to best position ourselves to support their innovation needs and also segmenting our customers smartly as we optimize our support across existing and new customer channels for growth. And again, you'll hear Patrick talk about how we're pivoting towards the growth that we're seeing in private label and foodservice and how we're organizing to increase our penetration in those channels. We're also focused on upgrading our mix across target markets for food and nonfood through innovation and solution selling.
So when it comes to innovation, we're strategically investing in differentiating capabilities in texture, measurement science to support our aspiration to make healthy formulations taste better through deeper understanding of the impact of texture on taste. And we're underpinning that with investments and again, predictive formulation to help scale those capabilities more quickly for customers. And just this year, we're transitioning out of our Cost Smart program, which outperformed its target over a 2-year period. With an undertaking around enterprise productivity, which is engaging the entire organization to help drive efficiency and effectiveness, leveraging obviously AI, but all the elements of continuous improvement, lean manufacturing and eliminating waste throughout the organization. And so we're very hopeful and believe that this program is going to contribute and provide another lever to us to drive long-term profit growth.
So with that, I would now like to turn it over to Patrick. Patrick?
Thank you, Jim. Good afternoon, everyone. It's great to be here at CAGNY. As Jim mentioned, this is my first time on the stage at CAGNY. I'm pleased to report that the hazing has been low to moderate so far. So I appreciate you all for that very warm welcome. As Jim mentioned, I've been with Ingredion here for just over 3 months, having joined at the back end of last year as our Executive Vice President for Global Textures and Healthful Solutions. And I bring with me nearly 30 years of CPG industry experience. Initially in Europe, globally, but then also in the last 10 to 11 years in North America. So A lot of the companies that I used to work for represent some of our key customers, and that's really an angle that I'm looking to bring to Ingredion as we turn our attention to be more customer-centric and really answer and be able to deliver against the requirements of our customers.
Before I get deeper into the presentation, I wanted to share a little bit about some context around the Textures and Healthful Solutions segment for those of you who aren't as familiar. So what you will see, we are -- we continue to drive above-market performance, not just the top line but critically expanding our gross margin which underscores the breadth of our product lines, our solution selling and also our robust innovation delivery. And we've got some really supported by some very strong industry-leading capabilities. So you'll see here over 1,000 ingredient solutions, Jim already mentioned 30 Ideas Labs. We typically position those in different parts around the world to make sure that we're understanding local textures and taste and culture. And making sure that our delivery and our innovation match against those consumer expectations across all of our regions.
Well, we're already the global leader in texture, as you can see from our #1 position here in each of the markets that we're present. So #1 in U.S., Canada, in Europe and in APAC. There's clearly a lot of headroom and a lot of addressable market for us to go and capture. And not least because in most cases, consumers are telling us the texture, in some cases, even more than flavor is driving their choices. And you'll see just a couple of statistics that I've pulled out here from our consumer base and our consumer work 85% of consumers are highly likely to recommend their favorite food based on texture. And 3 out of 4 would actually say that texture is in fact, more important than flavor as they make some of their choices.
And I would argue that in some cases, consumers will talk about taste, they're actually referencing texture when they do that. I'm sure you've been in many conversations yourself. I want something creamier. I like the crispy texture of it. It was nice because it was sparkling, right? A lot of those consumer descriptors relate much closer to texture than they do flavor, and we feel that represents a unique opportunity for us to really drive that market growth.
And there are a number of key trends that we are acutely aware of and that we're tracking and making sure that we deliver against as we look to drive that texture growth over the next 3 to 5 years. Jim already mentioned clean label and the importance of wellness, which I'll come back to shortly. But what I did want to do, I wanted to call out increasing importance of two of the other spaces here on the page. So for example, unique ethnic textures. And I think the example of mochi here really represents a perfect example of how important texture can be to consumers as they think about specific food delivery.
The other one that I just wanted to highlight real quick is convenience and delivery foods. It's another great example where the importance of texture is paramount. As an example, no one is looking forward to their next delivery of soggy fries. And that's something that we're solving for through our textures business. And as we do that, we're also being very intentional about the categories that we believe will create the most value for us and for our customers. And the ones shown here on the screen, represent about 90% of where we think that value is going to come from. It's notable that while a number of these categories are still delivering growth, the texture component within those, in some cases, is growing even faster than the category itself. And I direct it to things like dairy or beverage, and you'll see the numbers there, mid- to mid- to high single-digit growth in terms of the texture market within those categories. And that's what gives us confidence that we are on the right path here and looking to deliver sustainable growth going forward.
And a number of those factors driving texture growth also result in a lot of manufacturers now looking to reformulate. And we've coined the term texture deficiency. That is present in a number of product lines. Consumers are increasingly looking for simpler, cleaner labels. They want to avoid complex ingredients and in response, manufacturers and our customers are looking to do so, but they need our help in making sure that they maintain the texture without compromising affordability or functionality and as they continue to innovate in those particular spaces. And it's really one of those hard trade-offs between cost, quality and texture that manufacturers are looking to resolve and where we can step in and really help them achieve that. And of course, all of this is happening in the context of an environment where regulatory impacts continue to accelerate change.
So this is where I want to pause on this slide a little bit longer and talk about our ingredient solutions approach, which really comes into its own. A couple of things that I'll highlight in a slide or 2 about $1 billion of our sales are now going through -- in revenue are going through our solutions business. So this is pretty scale part of our business. It's growing at about 2x the rest of our Textures and Healthful Solutions. So in the last year, our solutions approach grew 7.5%. And even more excitingly, if you think about it from an Ingredion point of view, because we're selling a service here rather than an ingredient it's also margin accretive to us. So some 500 basis points of margin accretion as we grow our solutions business.
So as you think about how our solutions approach differs. Really, we start with consumer insights, and then we bring those closely to our customers. And customer intimacy is a key driver here. That allows us to co-create briefs and product briefs with our customers. And be with them on that journey of innovation from the get-go. That's huge in terms of ongoing partnership. And then when we do that, we've got an agreed brief. And that will allow us then to go into our customized blends on our formulations of which we have a library of thousands, which allows us to deliver very quick prototypes. We commit now through our solutions approach that we will have a viable prototype after we signed a brief with our customers within 15 days. We started the journey at 90 days, and that was considered pretty quick. As you can understand from a manufacturer and some of our customers' point of view, bringing that down to 15 is a game changer for them because that allows us to then move very quickly to the innovation cycle and then to develop -- to deliver from there.
And of course, with the changing environment, rapidly changing environment, we move even faster and they've got the pressure to do so. And when we work with our private label customers, the urgency of change can typically be even more dynamic than that. What that all means is that the end of the cycle, we're able to effectively guarantee a higher product success rate because of the intimacy with the customer upfront and the expertise that we have and then from a customer point of view, I mean, the most typical failure is innovation. So anything we can do to give them a higher guarantee of success is obviously a welcome partnership.
So as we do that, what we're doing is elevating that Texture Solution to make sure that we're going sort of from the beginning all the way through to the end of the process and give ourselves a higher chance of success. We'll bring in sensory science into it, and then we will use that to identify consumer ingredients, and we're very clear on some of the ingredient spaces that our consumers are looking for, put that through our texture science application. And interestingly, we're beginning to develop predictive formulation liking.
So we have now, like I said, a library of ingredients and solutions and what that allows us to do is keep generating. We're building an AI component to that. And we're pleased to say that at this point, we can pretty much predict that consumer liking with about an 80% to 90% accuracy. And that goes back to what I was saying earlier about our customers lowering that chance of failure for their innovation and really buying into that partnership with us. And we can only achieve that because of the scale that we've been able to create in terms of the database of, like I say, ingredients and solutions. So as of now, we've got some 1,800 active and granted patents, which really underpin some of those technologies that we have on both texture and formulation.
I mentioned some of the numbers on this page a few minutes ago. Our solutions business just crossed the $1 billion in net revenue, growing at a pretty strong clip at 7.5%. And I mentioned the 5 points of margin accretion versus our average T&HS gross margin. Underpinning that growth are really two key structural changes in demand that we are looking to double down on clean label and private label, and I'll spend a little bit of time unpacking each of these here in the next few minutes.
So starting with clean label. Our technology delivers natural indulgent texture while simplifying the label. And if I can put it simply, clean label means that when we're transforming raw materials, such as milling corn, we are doing so in a way that the alteration of the product is simple enough that it can be labeled essentially as its basic self. We can do this through starches, fibers, protein isolates, depending on the product or the solution we're looking to deliver for our customers. A recent example of that would be our innovation product. It's a great example because the raw material is effectively citrus rinds. And what we do is we grind, we boil and we dry that and then we extract the citrus fiber. So you can understand that, that's very attractive to consumers, very attractive to our customers by way of being able to execute that simplicity and that clean label denomination.
As we think about clean label specifically, we're already the #1 in that space. We're about 3x the size of our nearest competitor. We're essentially the only clean label producer in North America. And we've expanded our margin as we grew into that space about 200 basis points here in 2025. I mentioned the growth that I was talking about earlier at the overall solutions level and clean label is growing even faster within that. So over the last year, we've enjoyed 8% growth on our clean label. And that's driven mainly by the ASP. So our average modified starch sells for about $2,000. The ASP on our T&HS business, a little bit higher than that. And our clean label will be twice that in terms of the ASP that we're able to charge.
Now you'll see here, EMEA is significantly ahead of the other regions in terms of adoption of clean label. But even within EMEA, we're still below 10%. So the headroom for growth as the pressures come for cleaner label is huge across all of the regions. But of course, the work that we've already done in EMEA helps inform us as we think about catching up fast in APAC and the U.S. As I pivot to private label as a second vector of significant growth within solutions, what's on the page here will not come as a huge surprise to anyone, I don't think as our consumers continue to seek more value, prioritizing affordability often at the expense of brand loyalty. And that's leading to declines in some of the premium product purchases. And that's about more than 50% of our consumers are switching to cheaper brands to manage that sort of economic uncertainty and some of the affordability challenges that they're experiencing. And as a consequence of that, what we're seeing is foodservice and private label growth above other food and beverage channels.
So if I dive a little bit deeper into private label, these are 5 trends that we see within private label that are really driving the value. Of course, you'll see first and foremost, affordability and convenience. But clean label that I already mentioned, enhanced nutrition and functionality, and that's important because as things get removed from the ingredient panel, it's important to maintain that same structural integrity of the product. And inventive textures that allow us to still deliver against consumer expectations.
Sustainability is also an emerging trend, a little bit less so as we think about private label, but nonetheless present as we try and help our retailers reformulate. So within that, we have built in expertise within private label. We're present across the world. In EMEA, private label is over 40% penetrated across on average across most categories. And what's interesting from an Ingredion point of view, more than -- approximately 50% of our total revenue in EMEA actually ends up in private label food and beverage.
So this is a path that we've been working for a number of years in EMEA, 15 to 20 years ago, we started the journey with private label. And really helps inform some of the growth that we're seeing now in U.S. and APAC as private label catches up, but you can see immediately the headroom that, that creates in both of those regions. And of course, to underpin all of that with the demand that we're expecting to see in these spaces, we're investing very strategically to drive our capabilities and to support the growth. In the last year alone, about $200 million of CapEx has come to fruition across the regions that I'm highlighting here.
And just to give you a sense of what that looks like in Thailand, one of our plants, we've got a new spray dryer, in Hamburg we increased our fluid bed reactor capacity that allows us to deliver incremental capacity while also expanding our footprint and delivering customized formulations with allergen segregation as well. In Indianapolis, we've modernized our facility there for specialty manufacturing assets by optimizing our slurry-based processes, which also results in cost savings. And then in Bell camp, more recently, we have just opened a blending center of excellence which helps us expand our in-house blending capacity and again, enables allergen handling. So a lot of strategic investment going into a number of our facilities across the world to underpin a lot of the growth that I mentioned. I hope that gives you a good sense of why we feel so confident.
And with that, I'm going to hand over to my colleague, Rob Ritchie.
Thank you, Patrick. Good afternoon, everyone. It's great to be back here at CAGNY again to speak to you about Ingredion and our ongoing strategy. I'm going to talk to you today a little bit about our two Food and Industrial Ingredient segments in the LATAM region and in U.S./Canada and the significant contributions and growth opportunities that they've provided to Ingredion. In LATAM, we generate around $2.5 billion in revenue in net sales with a segment operating income of 21%. So very healthy margins in that market. We're a trusted partner for ingredients and solutions in the region for both local customers and global customers that are established in LATAM. And our strong local presence is supported by 9 plants, 3 innovation centers in the region, which positions us well relative to our peers who combined only have 6 plants.
In U.S./Canada region, we have achieved $2 billion in net sales in 2025 and a segment operating income margin of 16% which is very healthy for the mix of these products. It's also worth noting that we are the only corn wet-miller with assets located in Canada. And for all of these plants, more than 80% of the production from these plants and the segments are sold within a 100 to 200-mile radius of the plants. So we've got very strong supply chain. We can optimize shipments, don't have to deal with rail delays either. So very well positioned to our key customers to provide them with growth.
In LATAM, we have market leadership driving higher operating margins and delivering consistent growth. Our OI growth of 4% since 2022 has added $56 million of operating income to Ingredion. We've increased our OI margins from 17% in 2022 to 21% in 2025. We have over 90-plus years in the region of experience, and we have the #1 position throughout the LATAM market. So we're very experienced in the region. And as you see from the news headlines, it's a fairly volatile region. So we're very used to that volatility. In fact, it's a way of life in terms of how we operate in the LATAM region. We have strong customer intimacy that allows for consistent and reliable growth in the region, and we're positioned well to support CB growth in the region over the next several years as those favorable trends continue to emerge.
We've got a very strong right to win in LATAM. Patrick and Jim talked about our Idea Labs. So we have local idea labs in the region to customize towards local tastes and preferences. However, we leverage our global scale to bring those ideas to the market within LATAM as well. We have the lowest delivered cost producer in the region, as referenced by our plants, which we've located near our customers to ensure cost-efficient service and supply chain within them. We continue to trade up our mix based on customer needs, moving from perhaps bulk sweeteners and starches to value-added ingredients and solutions, and we have that playbook already established in our Global Texture and Healthful Solutions business. along with Pharma and Beauty and Home. We're able to do that by repurposing our grind to higher value-add ingredients and solutions. And the benefit in LATAM is we sell the full portfolio of products, so our teams there sell all of our food and industrial ingredients and also are part of the Texture and Health business in that region as we continue to grow as our consumer needs and preferences change in the region.
Some of the key trends here that are very favorable for long-term growth in LATAM. Affordability is a key issue, approximately 24% of the income spent in LATAM is spent on food unlike, say, in U.S. or Britain, we're at 6% to 7%. So the cost of these ingredients and finished products is very important. Private label growth that Patrick had mentioned as well, grew at 14.2% versus 2023. So we see an opportunity for affordability there. Also, younger population. So we've got a younger population of LATAM compared to more western markets, they're moving into the middle class. They're moving into their prime spending years, which should bode well for CPG growth over the next 5 to 10 years. We expect consumer packaged good growth to be at 3.9%. That's almost double of what it's in in some other regions in Western developed markets. And urbanization, the vast majority of the population is moving from farms into cities. Right now in LATAM, it's 82% and over the next several years, expected to reach 89%. As those consumers come to the cities, they tend to buy more packaged foods, which aligns very well with our strategy in LATAM.
Obviously, there's economics in government in the region. So GDP at approximately 2% inflation at 5%. As I've mentioned, we've been there for 90 years. So we're used to the volatility. So when new taxes come up or different governments are able to be elected, we have the ability to work with them to ensure that our strategy continues to grow in those particular markets. I'm going to pivot now here to our U.S/Canada business. Very strong financial performance over the past 4 years, showing an OI growth CAGR rate of 15%. And as Jim had mentioned, 16% of OI margins which, based on that product mix is, again, very stable and helps grow the business with cash generation. We've been growing our growth in industrial opportunities in packaging, in BioSolutions we're the leader in paper and corrugating in the U.S./Canada market, and we're pivoting towards sustainable and advanced packaging material opportunities as well.
We focus on margin stability, customer intimacy and optimize supply chain, as mentioned by the strategic location of our plants, and again, strong cash generation to support capital priorities across the enterprise. So what is our right to win in this market? So we have leading market positions in U.S., Canada and wide competitive moats built on over 100 years of experience. I'll just start on the right-hand side. We have thousands of farmers who grow our primary raw material corn, but also potato and other raw materials like that. Relatively few competitors in the marketplace and thousands of customers. So it's a very strong operating model. One of the things that we've done with this business over the last several years is put in some advanced hedging on our raw materials to reduce that raw material cost volatility. So we truly are buying that agricultural product and converting it into a value-added ingredient.
Relatively stable industry structure, very high barriers to entries. Corn wet-milling plant in U.S. Canada is a very expensive proposition. So very high barrier entry in that area. Pricing excellence, Quite a few years ago, we established pricing COEs that allow us to ensure that we're getting the right value and maximization of our prices for the ingredients in the marketplace. And finally, as mentioned, very strong cash generation supporting not only our continued reliability investments to deliver the return on invested capital for these plants but generating cash to invest in value-added ingredients within the Texture and Healthful Solutions, sugar reduction and protein as well.
So what are some of the challenges that we have and what we're doing to maybe address some of the gradual declines in high fructose that's driving mix shift and improving margins. I mentioned our industrial business is growing very well, 3% to 5% a year in terms of revenue, native starch and modified starch into packing and industrial solutions. The biosolutions, liquid dextrose is an excellent feedstock for fermentation for green chemistry and advanced biofermentation that's the wave of the future. We see that being a huge opportunity not only for Ingredion. But overall corn wet milling. In the sweetener market, we are trading up from some of our bulk sweeteners to dry dextrose and glucose, which are much more value added. We're the largest dextrose producer in the North American market, and that demand continues to grow.
And differentiated markets. We have polyols, which are used in sugar reduction. As Jim mentioned, we've got a very robust Beauty and Home, pharma and sugar reduction market as well. So as our consumers change and demand patterns changed, we shift the mix coming out our plants to make sure that our assets are assigned and aligned very carefully with those consumer trends.
So finally, just our market positions and differentiated capabilities across both segments provide competitive advantage. I mentioned our opportunities in LATAM positioned very well. I think that point around we serve all food and beverage categories with sweeteners, starches, texture and sugar reduction and protein. We're positioned very well and the external factors are set up very well for long-term success. And in U.S./Canada, a little more mature market, but again, positioned very well. and we'll continue to invest and pivot away from maybe some of the products from 30 years ago to drive growth and opportunity and keep our margins stable in that business.
With that, I'm going to turn it over to Jim Gray, our Executive Vice President and CFO.
Thanks, Rob. With just a few minutes left here. We'll focus on the math part, so I may go quick. Hopefully, this room can follow a math. So just a quick recap of 2025. So net sales were down. For those of you who may not know our company, generally, when the cost of the raw materials like corn goes down or up, we're passing it through our top line. So we very much, as a company, focus on gross profit and gross profit per ton. That's reflected in our adjusted EBITDA, which was up, and this is the third year in a row that, that was a record for us. Strong cash from operations with over $900 million generated, and we do focus on return on invested capital as one of our key metrics.
So let me turn now to our 3-year outlook, and we're going to extend that by a year. So in 2025, we put forth an outlook for '25, '26, '27 and I think in the second half of the year, what we really saw, at least in the U.S. was some real changes. I think we saw some changes from some tariffs that were impacting packaging costs for a number of our customers. That led to probably some midyear pricing and in a number of the categories in which we sell ingredient solutions into, they're elastic. And so we saw some volume demand headwinds in the second half of 2025.
The other piece that I would argue is that within -- looking forward into 2025, we knew that immigration might be an impact within the U.S. We didn't really know, I think, the debate between probably the labor rate and what that income might look like, but it actually turned out to be really people and stomachs. And so we've seen both voluntary and involuntary deportation to start to impact in the United States, and that affected some consumption of specific categories in which we sell into. So here, what we're doing in our outlook, you'll see that our net sales for the whole enterprise, we think are going to be probably between 1% and 3% through 2028. We still believe that we can hit that very solid mid-single digits operating income growth, and we see operating income expansive over that time period. We're going to do our best to control our corporate costs, and we're also going to manage our fiscal policy such that we think adjusted EPS can be in the range of 7% to 9%. You combine that with our dividend rate, and we really strive for greater than a 10% TSR.
We outlined here by segments and maybe the only one that I would highlight is that for our U.S./Canada segment, while we finished at about $315 million of op income for 2025, we'd really like to put out a target there where we think that the profit potential of this segment can solidly be in the $350 million range, and we would put that out there for 2028. And then below, you can see the kind of the target operating income margins for each of the segments that we do report in our 10-K.
Against this, there are risks out there. There's continued tariff and trade risks, potentially regulatory risk and kind of those all combined with kind of input cost inflation. And then separately, we're looking at a bit of a weaker dollar. So we'll have some FX impacts. We're watching population change. And then always, there's just kind of economic growth. But we are seeing some generally around the world, rates come down, which should be a boost, a tailwind to economic growth.
One pillar that Jim introduced, I just want to put a cap on it here in my final minute is enterprise productivity. We're really moving -- most companies are moving to a stage where they're thinking about how are they going to streamline processes, how are they going to really change the responsibilities of the professional and augment those with AI and get to just greater effectiveness of our people and greater efficiency within the organization. We've embarked on a multiyear program here on enterprise productivity. I shouldn't call it a program. It's actually a journey. It's a change in our mindset. And we think that's going to lead to over 1 point of op income growth by 2028.
We balance our capital priorities. We focused on growth first. We're very disciplined. I'll leave this to you to follow up in the presentation. We're very consistent in turning cash back to shareholders. Here, you can see both share repurchases as well as dividends. We've increased the dividend, the annual dividend rate 11x in the last 11 years. And we also think and take a very disciplined approach to M&A, and you can read through the details here. I would just say that we really target a 3-year, so 3 year post the acquisition. At least a return on invested capital of 10%.
So we give ourselves a couple of years to capture those synergies, get the cost out, get the capacity balanced, work on those revenue adjacencies and really drive that. And so with that, we'll finish. Our last theme was the investment thesis, but we'll leave it there on time. Thank you very much.
Thank you very much. Please join me in thanking the management team of Ingredion. And we'll take it over to the breakout.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
Ingredion Incorporated — Consumer Analyst Group of New York Conference 2026
Ingredion Incorporated — Q4 2025 Earnings Call
1. Management Discussion
Good day, and thank you for standing by. Welcome to the Fourth Quarter 2025 Ingredion Inc. Earnings Conference Call. [Operator Instructions] Please be advised that today's conference is being recorded.
I would now like to hand the conference over to your speaker today, Noah Weiss. Please go ahead, sir.
Good morning, and welcome to Ingredion's Fourth Quarter and Full Year 2025 Earnings Call. I'm Noah Weiss, Vice President of Investor Relations. Joining me on today's call are Jim Zallie, our President and CEO; and Jim Gray, our Executive Vice President and CFO. The press release we issued today, as well as the presentation we will reference for our fourth quarter and full year results, can be found on our website, ingredion.com, in the Investors section.
As a reminder, our comments within the presentation may contain forward-looking statements. These statements are subject to various risks and uncertainties and include expectations and assumptions regarding the company's future operations and financial performance. Actual results could differ materially from those estimated in the forward-looking statements, and Ingredion assumes no obligation to update them in the future as or if circumstances change. Additional information concerning factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those discussed during today's conference call or in this morning's press release can be found in the company's most recently filed annual report on Form 10-K and subsequent reports on Forms 10-Q and 8-K.
During this call, we will also refer to certain non-GAAP financial measures, including adjusted earnings per share, adjusted operating income and adjusted effective tax rate, which are reconciled to U.S. GAAP measures in Note 2, non-GAAP information included in our press release and in today's presentation appendix.
With that, I will turn the call over to Jim Zallie.
Thank you, Noah, and good morning, everyone. Despite unforeseen challenges throughout the year, we are pleased to share that we delivered record full year operating income and earnings per share growth driven by continued strength in Texture and Healthful solutions and solid results from our Food and Industrial Ingredients LatAm business. Although the largest facility in our Food and Industrial Ingredients U.S./Canada segment faced operational difficulties, we have taken steps at the Argo facility to systematically address the issues. While we expect a gradual recovery, the actions we are taking should lead to steadily improving performance throughout 2026.
Turning to the next slide. Let's start with a summary of our net sales volume growth for the fourth quarter. Texture and Healthful Solutions posted its seventh straight quarter of volume growth, up 4%, led by clean label ingredients and solutions. Clean label ingredient volumes experienced significant growth in both the fourth quarter and throughout the year across Asia Pacific and U.S./Canada.
Clean label remains one of the food industry's fastest-growing areas, emphasizing its critical role in meeting consumers' preference for authentic ingredients and simple food labels. Ingredion continues to be a leader in the clean label texturizing space due to the breadth and strength of its portfolio, which is supported by proprietary technology, patents, consumer insights and years of formulating expertise. Furthermore, our solutions selling approach continues to deliver robust growth, outpacing the segment's overall net sales performance. This comprehensive way of engaging customers is driving greater intimacy at a time when food companies are pursuing more reinvention and reformulation. These higher margin sales are also expected to be margin accretive to the segment over time.
In our Food and Industrial Ingredients LatAm segment, we started to see brewing adjunct volume demand recover from our long-term contracted customers. However, the region continued to face challenges in the confectionery and paper and corrugating sectors, where demand remains soft. Partially offsetting this softness, food ingredient sales experienced modest growth.
Lastly, our Food and Industrial Ingredients U.S./Canada segment saw a 7% decrease in net sales volume in the most recent quarter, primarily driven by ongoing production challenges at Argo, which limited our ability to produce inventory available for sale. In addition to this operational issue, our business and the industry faced overall softness in beverage sweetener volumes, further contributing to lower sales.
As we move to segment updates, I want to highlight progress against key growth investments and strategic initiatives. Starting with Texture and Healthful Solutions. Our focus on the customer has never been stronger, delivering sales volume growth of 4% NOI growth of 16% versus prior year. In addition, strategic capital growth and cost savings investments were completed.
At our flagship Indianapolis facility, our starch modernization project completed in quarter 4 will reduce our modified starch production costs through more efficient product flows and debottlenecking, which will drive the release of new capacity. In addition, we completed the expansion of our blending center of expertise in Belcamp, Maryland, which increases customized solutions revenue potential by $30 million a year. The range of solutions capable to be produced from this facility support clean label, plant-based protein and fiber fortification, sugar reduction and affordable formulating.
Turning now to our Food and Industrial Ingredients LatAm segment. Against a backdrop of regional, economic and political volatility throughout the year, our team managed to deliver record operating income and margins of greater than 21% for the year, up 140 basis points. Mexico specifically demonstrated resilience to offset challenging unforeseen economic conditions, delivering another record year of operating income.
In pursuit of more profitable growth, Mexico repurposed a portion of its [ grid ] to strategically diversify its customer and product mix towards higher-margin ingredients that serve food and confectionery customers. We successfully completed a complex network optimization move in Brazil for long-term cost competitiveness. We closed our Alcantara facility and successfully expanded [ polyol ] production at Mogi Guacu, our largest facility in Brazil. This investment was supported by long-term customer volume commitments.
Now turning to our Food and Industrial Ingredients U.S./Canada segment. Operational issues at our Argo facility stubbornly persisted throughout the fourth quarter. Despite being encouraged by a strong September, we experienced intermittent grind shutdowns, which resulted in higher maintenance costs, lower yields and fixed cost absorption, which reduced both our salable finished product inventory and our co-product valorization. Furthermore, industry volume demand for sweeteners was down throughout the second half.
The 2025 full year operating income impact of Argo's operational challenges was approximately $40 million. With the majority of the first quarter still ahead of us, our team remains focused on executing an achievable recovery plan. Despite the unforeseen challenges and headwinds described, Food and Industrial Ingredients U.S./Canada delivered greater than 15.5% operating income margins for the year.
Let me now update you on progress against our 3 strategic pillars. Let me start with driving profitable growth. By continuing to prioritize solutions and clean label offerings, we have significantly enhanced the results of our Texture and Healthful segment. As mentioned previously, sales in both ingredient solutions and clean label categories have outpaced the overall segment's net sales growth during the second half of 2025, and we have a strong pipeline and growth momentum in both areas going forward.
Furthermore, we are excited to report that our protein fortification business delivered a record year, with net sales growth exceeding 40%. As you know, we have been working diligently to optimize this business for several years. In 2025, we doubled production and were able to increase the average selling price through new product innovation. We see this business representing a viable long-term growth opportunity for us, supported by strong and clear consumer pull.
Looking at our second strategic pillar, innovation. We have developed a new family of ingredient solutions that help customers readily replace ingredients that have been impacted by shortages and rapidly rising raw material costs. For example, our suite of solutions to replace cocoa and product reformulations have seen steady sales increases throughout 2025. Furthermore, we are advancing our proprietary sugar reduction taste modulation platform in collaboration with Oobli through a strategic commercial partnership.
Our sweet proteins and stevia blends improve the quality of natural sweetness while offering a cost-competitive clean taste solution. Regarding innovation, texture elevation represents the next level in value delivery that we are offering to select customers. This co-creation approach combines proprietary consumer insights, sensory science and rapid formulation expertise to help customers predict overall liking and deliver consumer-preferred textures faster and with higher success rates. Our 2025 customer engagements proved very effective and are leading to customer successes in the marketplace. We are extremely excited by this opportunity and what it represents to grow customized solution sales with the potential also to generate new service revenues.
Lastly, I'd like to comment on our operational excellence pillar. In 2025, we delivered $59 million of Cost2Compete run rate savings, exceeding our previously stated $50 million savings target. This achievement reflects our ability to optimize across manufacturing -- our manufacturing network, as well as deliver procurement and SG&A savings, leveraging our scale. Building off the success of Cost2Compete, we are transitioning our operational excellence strategic pillar toward long-term enterprise productivity. We look forward to updating you on our enterprise productivity progress in the future.
It is also worth highlighting that despite the volatile trade and tariff environment in 2025, Ingredion was minimally directly impacted. This was due to the fact that more than 80% of our production is locally made and locally sold.
Turning to the next slide. Our results this year demonstrate how Ingredion's diversified portfolio continues to drive stronger and more consistent profitability. While navigating volatile market conditions, we delivered record gross profit and expanded margins to over 25%, a clear testament to our agility and operational discipline. This performance also reflects the ability to leverage the strength of our global network, adapt quickly to shifting demand and our focus on higher-value solutions. As we continue to optimize our mix and execute against our strategy, we are building a foundation for sustained long-term growth. Overall, 2025 stands out as a year where disciplined actions and portfolio balance enabled us to perform well in a challenging environment.
Before I turn the call over to Jim to discuss our financial results, I do want to take a moment to comment on our CFO transition. Last week, we announced that Jim Gray will be retiring on March 31, 2026, and we have begun a comprehensive search to identify his successor. The Board, the executive leadership team and I are incredibly grateful for Jim's leadership during his more than 9 years as a CFO of Ingredion. He's been an invaluable partner to me and has made significant contributions to our success. I wish Jim all the best in retirement.
And with that, I'll turn the call over to Jim Gray for the financial review. Jim?
Thank you, Jim, and good morning, everyone. Moving to our income statement. Net sales for the fourth quarter were $1.8 billion, down 2% versus prior year. Gross profit dollars decreased by 4%, with gross margin slightly lower at 24.5%, as cost of goods sold was impacted by higher manufacturing expense in U.S./Canada Food and Ingredients. Reported and adjusted operating income were $220 million and $228 million, respectively.
Turning to our Q4 net sales bridge. The 2% decrease was driven by $40 million in lower volume, $39 million in lower price/mix, offset partially by $36 million of favorable foreign exchange. Moving to the next slide. We highlight net sales drivers for the fourth quarter. Texture and Healthful Solutions net sales were up 2%, driven by sales volume growth of 4% and foreign exchange favorability of 2%, partially offset by price/mix attributable to pass-through of declining tapioca input costs and greater volume mix of lower-value tapioca-based sweeteners sold locally in Thailand.
Food and Industrial Ingredients LatAm reported net sales up 1%, largely driven by favorable foreign exchange, partially offset by weaker volumes. Food and Industrial Ingredients U.S./Canada net sales declined 9%. Sales volume fell by 7%, primarily driven by less available inventory for sale as our Argo facility faced operating challenges, and we met customer demand by sourcing from other plants.
Turning to our earnings bridge. On the top half, you can see the reconciliation from reported to adjusted earnings per share. Operationally, we saw a decrease of $0.23 per share for the quarter, driven by a decrease in operating margin of minus $0.22 and volume of minus $0.10, partially offset by foreign exchange gain of plus $0.08 per share.
Moving to the change in nonoperational items, we had an increase of $0.13 per share. Shares outstanding had a favorable impact of $0.08 per share, and a lower tax rate equivalent was $0.06 per share favorable. Moving to our full year income statement. Net sales for the full year were $7.2 billion, down 3% versus prior year. Gross profit dollars increased by 2%, with gross margin increasing to 25.3%. Reported and adjusted operating income were $1.016 billion and $1.028 billion, respectively.
Turning to our full year net sales bridge. The 3% decrease was driven by $144 million in lower price/mix, $75 million in lower volume, offset partially by $8 million of favorable foreign exchange. Moving to the next slide, we highlight net sales drivers for the full year. Texture and Healthful Solutions net sales were up 1%, driven by 4% sales volume growth and foreign exchange favorability of 2%, partially offset by price/mix. Food and Industrial Ingredients LatAm reported net sales down 4%, driven by weaker volumes across [ brewing hedge ]. Food and Industrial Ingredients U.S./Canada net sales declined 7%. Sales volume fell 4%, primarily due to previously mentioned challenges at our Argo facility and weaker sweetener demand.
Now let's turn to a summary of results by segment. For full year 2025, Texture and Healthful Solutions net sales was up 1%, and operating income was up 16%, which translated into a higher operating income margin of 16.9%, up more than 200 basis points from the prior year. The increase for the full year was driven by lower raw material and input costs as well as improved margin volumes, partially offset by unfavorable price/mix.
In addition, one comment regarding Texture and Healthful Solutions' quarter 4 operating income. Last year's fourth quarter had onetime benefits from SG&A, which we were lapping. We anticipate that Texture and Healthful will continue to generate positive operating income growth. In Food and Industrial Ingredients LatAm, net sales were down 4% versus last year. However, operating income increased to $493 million, and op income margin reached a record 21.1%.
Moving to Food and Industrial Ingredients U.S./Canada, full year net sales were down 7%. Operating income was $315 million, down 16%, driven by production challenges at our Argo plant and lower-than-expected beverage and food volume demand. For the fourth quarter, we estimate that operating challenges have had a $16 million loss impact and that the total 2025 impact is approximately $40 million. For the all other group of businesses, the 2% increase in net sales was driven by growth both in our sugar reduction and protein fortification businesses. Operating loss improved by $20 million versus prior year, driven mainly by significant gains in protein fortification.
Turning to our full year earnings bridge, where we illustrate a 4.5% year-over-year increase in adjusted diluted earnings per share. Operationally, we saw an increase of $0.13 per share, driven by an increased operating margin equivalent of $0.39 and other income of $0.15, partially offset by volume of minus $0.47 per share.
Moving to the change in nonoperational items. We had an increase of $0.35 per share. Shares outstanding had a favorable impact of $0.23 per share, a lower tax rate equivalent of $0.09 per share and lower financing costs of $0.03 per share.
Moving to cash flow. Full year cash from operations was $944 million, which includes investment in working capital of $75 million for 2025. Full year CapEx investments, net of disposals, was $433 million. The company continues to invest in organic growth opportunities that provide a significantly higher return than our cost of capital. We repurchased $224 million of outstanding common shares, exceeding our $100 million share repurchase target announced at the beginning of the year. Furthermore, we paid out $211 million in dividends and increased the dividend per share to $0.82 during the third quarter, which represents our 11th consecutive annual dividend increase.
Now let me turn to our 2026 outlook. For the full year 2026, we anticipate net sales to be up low single digits to mid-single digits, reflecting greater volume demand. We anticipate the reported and adjusted operating income will be up low single digits for full year 2026. Our 2026 financing cost estimate is in the range of $40 million to $50 million and a reported and adjusted effective tax rate of 25.5% to 27%. Our full year adjusted EPS is expected to be in the range of $11 to $11.80, reflecting continued sales volume growth in Texture and Healthful Solutions and relatively slower operating income growth from our Food and Industrial ingredients segments as we face industry volume demand softness and higher manufacturing inflation not fully offset by pricing. This adjusted EPS range is based upon a share count of 64 million to 65 million shares.
We anticipate our 2026 cash from operations will be in the range of $820 million to $940 million, reflecting slightly more working capital investment as net sales are expected to grow. Capital expenditures for the full year are anticipated to be between $400 million to $440 million. Please note that our guidance reflects current tariff levels in effect at the end of January 2026. In addition, this guidance excludes any acquisition-related integration and restructuring costs as well as any potential impairment costs.
Turning to our full year outlook by segment. For T&H, we estimate net sales to be up low single digits to mid-single digits and for operating income growth to be up low single digits to mid-single digits, driven by sales volume growth. For F&I LatAm, net sales are estimated to be up low single digits to mid-single digits and operating profit to be flat to up low single digits, reflecting sales volume growth, partially offset by foreign currency transactional headwinds, specifically in Mexico. As a reminder, we are dollar functional in Mexico. Therefore, a stronger pace of inflates local manufacturing and costs and operating expenses.
For F&II U.S./Canada, our outlook for net sales is in the range that is generally flat year-over-year, and operating income is projected to be flat. While we have [ near-end ] confidence in Argo's recovery, we anticipate continued challenges through the first quarter, in line with the previous quarter. Furthermore, while contract pricing covered raw material cost changes, we were not fully able to cover anticipated manufacturing cost inflation. For all our all other businesses, we expect the combined net sales to be up high single digits and operating income to improve between $5 million to $10 million. Lastly, for the first quarter of 2026, we expect net sales to be down low single digits and operating income to be down mid-double digits, primarily due to the strength of first quarter 2025's 26% operating income growth.
With regards to my announced retirement, it has been a privilege to host 35 quarterly calls with you, our shareholders, analysts and employees. Ingredion has an amazing leadership team led by Jim Zallie and will continue to be supported by a very, very strong finance team. As a shareholder, I look forward to Ingredion's continued success as the company navigates any challenges with proven agility and seizes future growth opportunities to deliver solutions that make healthy taste better.
That concludes my comments, and I'll hand back to Jim.
Thank you, Jim. In closing, 2025 was another year where we displayed meaningful progress against our strategic pillars, led by the strong sales volume momentum we saw from our Texture and Healthful Solutions segment. We believe the clear customer focus that has resulted from the resegmentation completed 2 years ago, along with our advanced approach to solutions selling, positions us well for continued growth in this segment in 2026.
We are also encouraged by the continued benefits we expect to see from the nearly $60 million of Cost2Compete run rate savings we delivered by the end of last year. Our commitment to cost competitiveness will continue forward as we pursue enterprise productivity for long-term effectiveness and efficiency.
We anticipate Food and Industrial Ingredients in U.S./Canada to meaningfully overcome its operational setbacks as we remain laser-focused on stabilizing Argo, and we expect steady improvement from the facility throughout the year. Finally, our financial position remains a source of strength. We delivered nearly $950 million of cash from operations in 2025 and returned $435 million to shareholders. And as Jim explained, we expect cash flow from operations to continue at these levels, providing flexibility to pursue growth.
Now let's open the call for questions.
[Operator Instructions] Our first question is going to come from the line of Kristen Owen with Oppenheimer & Co.
2. Question Answer
And Jim Gray, best wishes. Thank you so much for the help over the last several years. So kicking off then with the outlook. You sprinkled some breadcrumbs throughout the prepared remarks about the Argo facility. Just help me understand how much in the fourth quarter was Argo versus the volume decline? And then how we should think about that playing out in 2026? Because I would have thought with the $40 million headwind from that facility that maybe the op income guide would be a bit higher in F&I North America. So maybe help me bridge all those pieces together that you left for us throughout the call?
Yes, sure. So obviously, in Q4, the primary issue was the operational challenges there. As we said [indiscernible], we felt that, that was about $16 million impact as we're kind of estimating between idle and yield loss and some incremental maintenance costs. That was the impact to the U.S./CAN F&I segment in Q4. So -- and then for -- in total for 2025, the impact to the U.S./CAN F&I segment was about $40 million.
As we roll forward and we look at kind of the 2026 guide for that segment, we also then -- we had some lapse when we go from -- let me back you up to 2024 versus 2025, right? So we're down about, let's call it, $58 million. So $40 million is Argo. We had a couple other earlier events in the year, kind of more manufacturing events related. We had a small train derailment in Cedar Rapids. And let's say that was about $10 million. And then from '24 to '25, we had probably about $8 million in terms of just volume softness.
So through 2025 and probably more June on, you saw some response by some of our customers to tariffs. We saw some pricing increases across some categories, soda beverages, beer and cans, et cetera, where we provide a lot of sweetener volume or adjunct volume into. And naturally, those categories are elastic. So you're going to see some volume softness in really in the second half. Maybe that started May, May-June, but throughout summer, and throughout fall.
So as we go into 2026, we'll still have some Argo costs, and those will be mostly impacted in Q1. But we will probably get back some of the Argo onetime impacts in the back half of 2026. So then what says to -- so that should say, hey, you should be up year-over-year at '26 versus '25 on your op income and maybe you should be up $15 million, $20 million. And what I think what we're really seeing is that when we looked at contract pricing, we absolutely were able to cover any change, anticipated change in the net cost of corn.
But we do have some manufacturing inflation. We have some higher nat gas and we have some higher labor rates. And so those are playing against our COGS rate of change in U.S./Canada. And that's in our guide. So our upside to our guide would be that our inflation is less. Maybe there's a stronger volume that shows up in the second half. And all of those would be pluses. But we felt it kind of prudent to guide kind of flat year-over-year.
And Jim, just to answer the question regarding the percentage or say, the apportionment of the decline in the quarter, Argo vis-a-vis sweetener volumes, we say 2/3 Argo, 1/3 sweetener volumes?
Yes, 2/3, 3/4.
And then in addition to that, the impact for the full year of $40 million for Argo. Of course, if you look at that as limited to 2025, and I would say January's been a little bit of a rough start to January. And so...
And pretty cold.
It's been pretty cold. It's been pretty cold in January. And as we sit here right now, the plant is running well. It actually ran well from a standpoint of through the very severe cold spell, but January was not as strong as we had anticipated. And I think that in addition to everything else that Jim just said, is the reason why we're putting forward, say a flat year-on-year projection for the full year.
Yes. And maybe, Kristen, I think it's helpful to then say, well, what do you anticipate U.S. CAN F&I's potential to be. I think once through Argo's recovery and we look at some of the investments that we've made and how we're positioned with customers, this segment can definitely still achieve a 16% to 17% op income margin.
Okay. That is super, super helpful. I'm going to ask one here also on Texture & Healthful Solutions. Because I think, Jim, you called out maybe some tapioca headwinds here, maybe some mix headwinds. One of the questions that we get about Ingredion is through this Texture & Healthful Solutions, really looking to see that ASP per ton move higher, help contribute to that OI income outgrowth. Maybe pencil out for us the onetime items there? And then the price/mix headwinds that you're expecting in 2026, just help us unpack those a little bit?
Yes. Look, I think if you looked at just the print on the op income margin for Texture & Health for fourth quarter, right, it will show op income down year-over-year by a slight percentage. That was all really driven by some op -- some benefit in op expense in Q4 of 2024. Onetimers, as you adjusted, there was some comp benefit, and we had to take that in the Q4 and accrue for that.
And so we really -- it's kind of just the year-over-year cleanup when you're getting to how you're looking at 1 year's finishing. So I really didn't see that because I want to highlight the gross margins for Texture & Healthful for Q4. Gross margin -- gross profit had grown and gross margins have expanded, right? So I think that's always a better measure of the health of the product mix in Texture & Healthful.
As we look forward to 2026 and we talk a little bit about what's the expectation for price/mix to finally move positive, right, and to finally show kind of year-over-year gains in ASPs, that's absolutely going to be reflected by some of the comments Jim made on solutions growth, on texture elevation. These are all very much positives that are driving much higher average selling prices per ton and I think are reflected in value to the customer.
I do want to remind everybody, though, that -- so we're in -- we just finished the second year of this resegmentation, and we're going into 2026. And we still have some little pockets of business that may not be at that higher average ASP. And so one of those businesses is in Thailand, and we still have a tapioca glucose syrup business. It is pretty big volume relative to our more higher value tapioca texture solutions. And so when it has a lot of demand, and it moves up, it's going to have an impact on price/mix, and/or we had a healthy tapioca crop and tapioca prices came down. And so again, we're going to reflect those changes in the raw materials, we pass those through. We'll always try and call that out. But I think we're pretty confident and pretty excited about the texture solutions growth and what it implies for ASP as we go forward year-over-year.
Yes. And it's noteworthy, I think, for the full year, Texture & Healthful operating income margins were up 210 basis points.
[Operator Instructions] Our next question comes from the line of Josh Spector with UBS.
You have James Cannon on for Josh. I wanted to ask on the LatAm business. You had some mix management from business rationalizations earlier in the year. And you talked in the quarter about underlying demand there being improving. I was just wondering if you could kind of break out some of the volume movements that you saw there, kind of like you did with U.S/CAN earlier?
Yes. Quarter 4 net sales were up 1%. For the segment, quarter 4 sales volume declined by 3%, but that was largely attributable to the brewing adjunct volume declines. More than 100% of the downside was attributed to brewing adjunct, whereas there was sales volume growth for food and beverage, and that was positive. And because the brewing adjunct business represents 18% of net sales and a larger percentage of our volume, we've been actively pursuing alternative paths to utilize the grind more profitably by trading up to support higher-margin products in food and confectionery. And this really represents an exciting incremental opportunity to diversify beyond brewing and valorize our grind much more profitably. Just for some additional color, Mexico food volumes were up 3%, and beverage volumes were up 1%.
For the quarter?
For the quarter. Yes. So we've started that -- James, we started that transition, right? So we still have -- Mexico still has, I would say, at least 1 to 2 years of ramp from the volume that is sort of released by kind of rightsizing and managing through the customer change, but it's starting well. So we're excited about that.
Okay. Great. And then I just wanted to poke one thing on THS as well. You talk about the solutions business being higher margin than the rest of the segment. Could you just give us some quantification of like how much of the mix is sold as solutions today, what that margin differential looks like?
Yes, sure. Go ahead.
Yes. So the solutions has been something where we've been working on establishing a baseline and really tightly defining that and really completed that work in 2024. And in 2025, we're able to -- Jim and Patrick Kalotis and [ Michael Reardon ] were able to kind of set some real objectives for the sales teams. So that business right now in '24 and '25 is just over $1 billion. And the gross margins are definitely higher than the segment average, and they're like 30%, 35%.
I'd say 5% higher than the segment's overall average, and it's about 40% of the revenue approximately of the segment.
Yes.
[Operator Instructions] Our next question comes from the line of Ben Theurer with Barclays.
Jim, I'll talk to you later on, but enjoy retirement. Two quick ones. So number one, just picking up on Texture & Healthful Solutions a little bit. Can you help us maybe understand within the framework of the guidance, where you stand in terms of like contracting pricing for 2026? Is there anything off cycle in terms of like the pricing mechanisms going out to? I guess, if I remember right, I think you said something like flat for the beginning -- at the beginning of '25 and then kind of like ended up somewhat negative mid-single digits. So just understanding a little bit the drivers and things you've already talked about tapioca and those factors. So how should we think about '26 nonetheless on your current expectations as it relates to T&H. That would be my first question.
Yes. So let me take that and then let Jim add some color commentary. I would say that contracting for TH&S in the U.S. was completed with pricing slightly down, and we anticipate that we covered any changes in the cost of corn and other raw materials. We are anticipating volume gains year-over-year. That said, some large customers were communicating that unit volumes might be lower given their pricing actions and the fact that U.S. consumers continue to struggle with affordability. We anticipate that we will not fully cover the expected manufacturing cost inflation, and that will hold our gross margins basically flat in general for that segment.
And Ben, just for Texture and Healthful, right, so slightly higher semi-variable and fixed costs in that business, right, as we use more production lines to create value. So manufacturing cost inflation, 2%, 2.5%. Some of that reflected in energy cost change year-over-year, some of that in labor costs. And as you go into your pricing, clearly, you're having a conversation with the customer about any change in the raw material. But you're always trying to price in enough to cover that manufacturing cost inflation.
And I think this year, we are looking at the outlook and saying, well, some of that manufacturing cost inflation is going to show up. And we'll see. Clearly, our operations team will always take up the mantle to work enterprise productivity, to lower that. Our procurement team is going to go and work against any rate changes year-over-year, but that would be upside to our guidance for Texture & Healthful.
Okay. Perfect. And then, Jim, for you, on the outlook. I mean, clearly, cash from operations, expected another strong year, close to $1 billion, with CapEx a little less than, call it, $0.5 billion. So that leaves me with like $0.5 billion free cash flow. You've spent a little over $200 million for repurchases and then there's a little over $200 million on dividends. How should we think for '26 in terms of repurchases of stock, and that maybe in context to M&A, what you might have in your pipeline or not? So what are the key preferences here between one or the other, given where the stock price is currently at?
Yes. I guess right now, the view that we have is, as we have done in previous years, we've established a share repurchase commitment of at least $100 million for 2026. The cash on the balance sheet does, as you indicated, remains strong by this year, generating nearly $950 million of cash from operations. And we think it's important to remain flexible and retain optionality for strategic M&A opportunities. And clearly, our balance sheet provides us that opportunity to do that.
So -- but that's the view for the buybacks. Just a reminder, I think, Jim, in '24, we also bought back more than $200 million of shares as well. So -- but for '26, we've established the same target we've had in previous years of at least $100 million.
Yes. And maybe just for everyone listening because when we think about capital allocation priorities. We're putting out there that CapEx will be between $400 million and $440 million, tongue-twister. But within that, it's still a healthy budget for growth, anticipating between like $80 million to $100 million in growth for 2026. Pretty excited about those projects. Jim highlighted a few projects that we've completed in 2025. We still see opportunities around the world that really support us having the capacity as well as the product lines to continue to drive growth, supporting solutions and supporting some of our other sectors where we see growth.
And then we also have about $40 million or so in kind of large cost savings and infrastructure improvement projects. And so those will finish up in '26. But for example, at our Indianapolis plant, we're working on a new cogeneration, and that project will finish in 2026. So we have some very discretionary discrete opportunities that we're pursuing in our CapEx budget that we think is a great deployment of capital to create returns for shareholders.
[Operator Instructions] Our next question is going to come from the line of Heather Jones with Heather Jones Research LLC.
Thanks for the question. And Jim, I'm really going to miss working with you. It's been a great pleasure. [indiscernible] enjoy retirement.
I guess my first question is on LatAm. Given this recent surge in currencies, I think you called out the peso and -- the Mexican peso. And then some of the tax regulatory changes that we've got going on this year in Mexico, just wondering what are the positives that will offset those potential risks and drive growth in that segment in '26?
Yes. Maybe let me take some upsides and downside maybe to what is currently in our forecast with regard to LatAm. So you're right. So as I mentioned in the remarks, so we're dollar functional in Mexico, which means that a strong peso increases our operating expense and increases some of our manufacturing expense. And so we're feeling that right now. And so that will be the transactional cost headwind as we go into 2026.
Now there are opportunities. We're going to watch the value of the peso versus the dollar. But if that peso gets stronger, that's kind of really the downside estimate. And so the opposite is we have upside if we saw moments where the peso was weaker versus the dollar, then that's something that we can go in and kind of secure for the balance of the year.
I think within LatAm, what we're really, I think it's encouraging to see at least is that there is some of like the food and maybe the beverage category volume at retail. So the -- [ more the ] Nielsen data was showing volume up in Q4. And so there's been a bit of noise economically around Mexico in terms of its GDP growth, where might inflation wind up. And so hopefully, what we'll see in 2026 is a slightly stronger consumer in Mexico once kind of wage impacts are felt. So that's a little bit of what we're watching probably mostly in LatAm is the volume pull that we see in Mexico.
Yes. And I think it's noteworthy also, we got asked about this on one of the prior calls, that the sugar tax on sweetened beverages went into effect on January 1. And essentially, the amount is approximately 7% to 8% on single-serve full-calorie sodas and a new tax of 3% to 4% on lighter diet beverages. And in the past, what we have seen this type of tax has an early negative impact on volumes in the first few months, and then after implementation, then those impacts subside. So we're going to watch that.
Now also, it's noteworthy to point out, and we've seen this repeatedly every 4 years, is this is a World Cup year. And so we are expecting incremental volume from the World Cup, which should benefit volumes in Q2 and Q3. And that goes for beverages as well as brewing as well.
Okay. That makes sense. And can you remind me, in Mexico specifically, what's the rough breakdown of your sales that are food versus bev so we could just -- because you're talking about like stronger volumes now in food, and just how -- as we think about the risk of that new tax? Just would help frame it in our minds if you could give us a rough breakdown of the food versus bev.
So I'm going to say -- I'm going to -- [indiscernible] Noah maybe will update this, but I'm going to guess that between kind of brewing adjunct and beverages that, that volume is about 40%. And that the food as well as industrial and confectionery and all other would be the remainder.
But also, Jim, the breakdown of soft drinks vis-a-vis in Mexico vis-a-vis brewing is much smaller.
Much smaller proportion.
Much smaller. And so we're not a big exporter into Mexico of HFCS because we produce locally. And so we've talked about that in years past on how we strategically diminish that exposure. So it's more weighted towards brewing and less so towards soft drinks exposure.
Okay. And then my follow-up, is -- and you mentioned that you expect to get some of the Argo effect back in the second half of this year. Just was wondering in like your base case for the U.S./CAN business, what is your assumptions of how much of that $40 million you'll get back in the back half?
I -- I mean, I think it would be fair to say, look, look, I think in Q1, we're probably going to have another anywhere between $10 million and $15 million of impact. And so that won't lap, and so you might see $20 million of Argo benefit come back in the second half.
Thank you so much.
There's a range around that assumption, right?
It's just worth reminding everybody in relationship to quarterly phasing. That quarter 1 operating income last year was up 26% and versus 2024. And in particular, Argo was running quite well in 2025 first quarter. And also in first quarter last year, LatAm had a record quarter 1. So that also is impacting the phasing for quarter 1.
[Operator Instructions] Our next question comes from the line of Benjamin Mayhew with BMO Capital Markets.
And Jim Gray, congratulations on retirement. We're going to miss you a lot. So my -- you're welcome. So my first question has to do with the long-term algo that you put out at the Investor Day for operating income growth. And I'm just wondering, given all that's been said on the call so far, when would it be possible to kind of get back to that algo level, to reach that algo level? Would it be in second half '26 where you're growing again at 5% to 7% operating income growth? Or -- how should we think about accelerating towards that run rate?
Yes. Ben, let me set the stage a little bit because I mean, I think 2025 in the first part of the year had some surprises for all of us within the U.S. marketplace. So our Investor Day in September was based upon 2024 full year actuals, and at that time, kind of our first half 2025 momentum. So 2025 introduced new challenges to the business environment, which had secondary effects on the rest of the world through tariffs had impacts on immigration in the U.S. and changing dietary guidelines within the U.S. And these changes impacted our customers, our customers' costs, our customers' pricing actions, our customers' volume demand.
And our long-term strategy and the direction of the 3-year outlook that we laid out at Investor Day kind of remains intact. But given these factors, we're going to sass whether and how best to update the current 3-year outlook. And we're getting our heads around how we completely finish '25, making sure that all of our contracting information is in, our forecasting tools for '26. And so we'll share our latest thinking with you at CAGNY.
I think the 1 perspective though, that I would share with you now with regard to Food and Industrial Ingredients U.S./Canada specifically, is that I would characterize our outlook as more kind of measured versus September. We will likely kind of reset to 2025 space results. And then I think that this segment can return to a 17% to 18% op income margin, probably more evident in 2027 and maybe 2028.
And again, our business targets are really delivering across cycles, right? So at any point in time, there may be like one time when you're kind of taking a little bit more of a flat year versus the chance and the opportunity where all of your growth bets are coming into place and you have at least favorable wins in terms of managing your cost inflation and pricing and customer and product mix is working in your favor. And so that very much allows this business to kind of hit those mid-single digits and high single digits types of year-over-year op income. I hope that characterizes a little bit.
Yes. No, that's great. My last question is more kind of broad-based here in terms of what we're seeing in the CPG industry in terms of like portfolio shift. And I'm just wondering, how do you guys view your positioning as we kind of absorb the secular shift in packaged food industry? Like how do you view your capabilities in the true opportunities that you might have to help your customers reshape their portfolios? And also, you mentioned earlier the advantage of both producing and selling locally, that stood out to me. So if you could just kind of tie that all into maybe your competitive advantage there moving forward as your customers look to really shift their offerings for the consumer?
Yes. Thank you for the question, Ben. I think one of the things that we feel very good about -- and it's been enhanced by the work that we did with the resegmentation is our work on customer segmentation and something that we call customer channels for growth and really understanding where the consumer is moving within those customer channels, along with who are the customers that are most well positioned to benefit from those channel shifts.
So what we are improving each and every day is the opportunity across what we call global key accounts, which we have a program and we have a leadership team that manages, multinational and multinational accounts regional leading accounts, companies that are in foodservice. And then most recently, we're doing an exhaustive amount of work to map the whole private label channel for growth. And the co-packing network, co-man network that produces for private label as well as reaching where the innovation starts for those companies, either the consultants, the advisers that are partnering with some or many of the large private label producers that have made significant investments to be not just producing themselves and vertically integrated, but to be thought leaders in this space.
Example, you saw Kroger most recently come out with data on the consumer that they're becoming a thought leader. So we're doing an awful lot of work to map that whole ecosystem. And we have hired specialists and resources to enable us to kind of skate to where the puck is going in relationship to the consumer across these categories. And we're looking at where the growth is coming. So for example, dairy category was one of the few categories that showed positive unit volume growth. And of course, that's always been a strong suit of ours. So that's how we're approaching this. And the solutions selling approach marries very well to that.
The other thing also that we're looking at is how do we sequentially continue to strengthen our partnerships and relationships with our distributors. Because typically, our distributor margins are very attractive, very attractive. In fact, higher than our average margins. And so we're looking to be really smart in how do we maximize those partnerships as well. So hopefully, that gives you a little bit of insight into customer channels for growth and customer segmentation that we think -- again, we've been doing this now for a number of years, but we've really intensified the focus across foodservice and private label just within the last 2 years and bolstered it with resources, and we're seeing the dividends paying off.
[Operator Instructions] Our next question comes from the line of Pooran Sharma with Stephens.
Congrats on the retirement, Jim. It's been good working with you. Just wanted to maybe start off and understand how broader industrial starch demand trends have been faring? I think on the last call, you mentioned you're starting to see momentum there. Just wondering if you could give an update on that? And then kind of on that, are you able to give us a little bit of clarity as to how much what kind of benefit you're going to expect here and maybe like a cadence or a pacing to that benefit for the Indianapolis starch modernization project?
Okay. Let me take a little bit of the industrial. And then it's distinct and different than the Indianapolis because the Indianapolis produces exclusively for food. But let me address your industrial starts demand question. First of all, it's a business that we don't really talk about a lot, but we probably should because it's done exceptionally well in recent years, not just from a standpoint of organic growth, but also in margin growth and overall operating income contribution.
I would say this past year in contracting, pricing was a little bit more intense than it had been in prior years. And typically, it's obviously an indicator of overall economic health for the industry, for the macro economy. And I would say that volumes in the second half were a little bit softer than we saw in the first half. But as you know, we announced, I think it was early last year, a $50 million investment in Cedar Rapids to expand capacity and modernize some of our drying capacity. And it's because the business has done exceptionally well, and we needed to solidify our position as a reliable supplier to customers. So when that is going to I think, complete in the second half of this year and position us well for 2027. So we feel very good about our position there.
The other thing that we're doing in industrial is working with customers capitalize on the trend and requirement for what we call advanced packaging materials. And these are materials that would have a value proposition around sustainability or biodegradability. And they could be corrugating adhesives, which we have a niche market that's growing nicely, or for binders for compostable bowls. And so this is different than just starch for potential strength or wet end strength or coding.
And so very well positioned, pursuing pockets of growth there, but the underlying base business is very solid, very strong customer relationships, exceptionally strong. I think, Jim, you may want to comment on the Indy modernization and the commissioning of that and where that's trending? And maybe you may want to make a comment on even our [ cogen ] investment there as well?
Yes. So what we did analysis that we had an opportunity to really kind of debottleneck, to take out some awkward product handoffs that were occurring across the plant really with just continuous flow of product, and then also kind of really upgraded a lot of our drum drying unit within Indy. And it's just when you come into this and these complicated investments in an older plant and you see once it's gone and the beauty of the engineering and the debottlenecking.
So first, it's a much safer and cleaner environment; two, it's lower costs; and three, it slightly expanded our capacity. And so glad to have that part of our modified starch, one of our modified starch units completed. And then separately, we have -- kind of because of the infrastructure investment tax opportunity, we jumped into becoming more sustainable, self-sustainable at Indy with regard to our [ cogen ] unit. And that is making very nice progress. And we will be commissioning that, I think, in the third quarter of this year, and it'll just allow us to then kind of really look at our own nat gas supply, allow us to hedge, allow us to reduce future profit volatility around energy costs and really drive some just continued savings with regard to energy at Indy and look forward to that really in Q4 of this year.
Great. Appreciate the color there. And then just -- my follow-up here would be around the -- you've given good commentary around contracting. You mentioned the pricing declines. You mentioned kind of the tariff impacts and then just consumer affordability/economics. Just wanted to get a sense if GLPs came up in your discussions with consumers? Does that growth in kind of GLP-1s or just interest in that, has that been sending people more to spot? Would just love to hear your commentary on GLP-1s.
Well, I mean, I think everybody is waiting to see what the -- trying to get some quantification around what they think the impact will be. It's no doubt, having some sort of an impact. But what I can tell you on a positive note is in relationship to our protein fortification business, which we haven't talked about in a number of quarters, but we decided to obviously emphasize the full year performance of the double-digit increase in sales that we saw with revenue growing 40%. And it's also noteworthy that for that business, the reduction in operating income loss was greater than $20 million in 2025. And we have active programs in place to increase the valorization of pea starch, pea fiber, along with the growth of pea protein isolate.
And so we're fully contracted for 2026, which again shows the strength we think on the back of the GLP-1 effect for protein fortification and anticipate another year of notable revenue growth and operating income improvement for protein fortification. So we're, like everyone else, monitoring GLP-1, but I can tell you it's having an impact for our protein fortification business.
Positive impact.
Yes.
Thank you. And I would now like to hand the conference back over to Jim Zallie for closing remarks.
Thank you, operator, and thank you all for joining us this morning. We look forward to seeing many of you at our upcoming investor events, with the next significant engagement being CAGNY on February 17. At this time, I want to thank everyone for your continued interest in Ingredion. Thanks very much.
This concludes today's conference call. Thank you for participating. You may now disconnect. Everyone, have a great day.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
Ingredion Incorporated — Q4 2025 Earnings Call
Ingredion Incorporated — Q3 2025 Earnings Call
1. Management Discussion
Good day, and welcome to the Ingredion Q3 2025 Earnings Call. [Operator Instructions] At this time, that today's conference is being recorded.
I would now like to hand the conference over to your speaker, Mr. Noah Weiss, Vice President of Investor Relations. Please go ahead.
Good morning, and welcome to Ingredion's Third Quarter 2025 Earnings Call. I'm Noah Weiss, Vice President of Investor Relations. Joining me on today's call are Jim Zallie, our President and CEO; and Jim Gray, our Executive Vice President and CFO.
The press release we issued today as well as the presentation we will reference for the third quarter results can be found on our website, ingredion.com, in the Investors section. As a reminder, our commitment -- our comments within the presentation may contain forward-looking statements. These statements are subject to various risks and uncertainties and include expectations and assumptions regarding the company's future operations and financial performance. Actual results could differ materially from those estimated in the forward-looking statements, and Ingredion assumes no obligation to update them in the future as or if circumstances change.
Additional information concerning factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those discussed during today's conference call or in this morning's press release can be found in the company's most recently filed annual report on Form 10-K and subsequent reports on Forms 10-Q and 8-K.
During the call, we also refer to certain non-GAAP financial measures, including adjusted earnings per share, adjusted operating income and adjusted effective tax rate, which are reconciled to U.S. GAAP measures in Note 2 non-GAAP information included in our press release and in today's presentation appendix.
With that, I will turn the call over to Jim Zallie.
Thank you, Noah, and good morning, everyone. The third quarter was more challenging than we expected, with net sales and adjusted operating income down more than our previous guidance. Despite Q3's results, we are, however, confident that Ingredion's diversified business portfolio will deliver another full year of operating income growth. As we discussed the performance in the quarter, we will highlight the progress we are making to improve upon recent and near-term operating challenges while navigating with agility, pockets of economic weakness and uncertainty by remaining focused on driving innovation and operating excellence to deliver profit growth.
Turning to the next slide. Let's start with a summary of our net sales volume growth for the quarter. Texture & Healthful Solutions delivered a solid performance with 4% sales volume growth across U.S., Canada and EMEA, including double-digit sales increases for clean-label ingredient solutions. Growth in foodservice channels globally as well as for convenient grab-and-go offerings at retail drove increased demand for our batter and breading ingredients in the quarter. Additionally, our solutions portfolio continues to grow, outpacing the segment's net sales growth, thanks to increased demand for specialty blends that help customers address affordability, eliminate artificial ingredients and simplify labels.
In Food & Industrial Ingredients, LatAm. The main driver of the sales volume decrease came from softer brewing industry volumes with customers attributing it to cooler, wetter weather for some of the seasonal decline. More broadly, weaker LatAm demand became increasingly evident as higher inflation and interest rates impacted consumer spending. Our Food & Industrial Ingredients U.S./Canada segment experienced a 5% decline in net sales volume, largely due to our inability to meet customer demand requirements from continued production challenges at our Chicago plant as well as overall softness in beverage and food volumes. In contrast, we saw increasing volume demand for industrial starches to our major corrugating and paper and packaging customers.
Moving to the next slide. I would like to take a moment to elaborate on the primary factor contributing to our Food & Industrial Ingredients U.S./Canada performance, and that is the ongoing operational challenges at our Argo facility outside of Chicago. For background, Argo is one of the largest plants in our network and accounts for more than 40% of the segment's net sales. Following a fire in our feed dryer at the end of quarter 2, which halted the entire plant's production we faced several challenges while plant operations recovered during the third quarter. This quickly and directly contributed to tighter inventories being available for incremental sales.
Given the size of the volumes that move through this plant on a daily basis, we estimate that the cumulative operating income impact to the segment was approximately $22 million across both the second and third quarters with $12 million of that operating income impact being felt in quarter 3. Production rates remained challenged in July and August before improving in September. In quarter 4, our team remains focused on stabilizing production and rebuilding inventories. Also in the quarter, we experienced the overall market demand for sweetener products weakening in July and August before bouncing back in September.
We believe many beverage and food customers were experiencing slowing demand as a result of price increases that were put into effect to offset anticipated rising packaging costs, particularly from aluminum and tin plate.
Turning to the next slide, our Food & Industrial Ingredients, LatAm segment saw a decrease in operating income this quarter, down 11% versus last year. The reduction is primarily attributable to the strategic realignment of our brewing customer mix as well as lower brewing industry volumes. We are making good progress strategically diversifying our customer and product mix in LatAm towards higher-margin sweeteners that serve food and confectionery customers. We will continue to repurpose our grind to improve the consistency of profit margins over time.
Beyond what we believe was a transitory impact from the brewing segment in the quarter. We are monitoring softer consumer demand in general across LatAm, which became increasingly evident in quarter 3 as higher inflation and rising interest rates weigh upon GDP growth and consumer spending.
Turning to the next slide. It is important to reinforce the fact that we have made considerable progress to expand the company's gross margins over the last 3 years through a combination of service differentiation, operational excellence and solutions selling. We are focused on not only sustaining the performance but steadily improving upon it by executing against our strategic pillars to drive mix improvement and enterprise productivity.
Let me now update you on progress against our 3 strategic pillars. To start I'd like to highlight our focus on driving profitable growth, particularly within Texture & Healthful Solutions segment where we continue to expand our leadership in clean label ingredients and solutions globally. North America and Asia Pac experienced double-digit clean label growth this quarter, reflecting a growing demand from customers and consumers for greater transparency and simplicity in ingredient labeling. This trend has become mainstream with both private label and CPG consumer -- customers reformulating products at an accelerated pace.
Additionally, demand for protein isolates remains robust as evidenced by our record sales for protein fortification during the quarter and the fact that we are already more than 50% contracted for isolates for 2026. Our high-value pea protein isolates offer notable functional advantages and benefits from labeling preferences compared to other protein sources across various food categories with our new product introductions being preferred for their taste and overall quality.
Moving now to our second pillar, innovation. Our focus on integrated solutions continues to favorably impact Texture & Healthful's results with solutions-based sales growing at a faster rate than the overall segment's net sales growth for the quarter. Furthermore, as food inflation -- food inflation pressures persist, affordability remains a key catalyst for recipe reformulation across our customer base. Brands are actively seeking our assistance with cost-effective ingredient solutions that allow them to maintain quality and shelf life while reducing input costs.
Our latest innovations in egg and cocoa replacement solutions delivered cost savings, improved functionality and enhanced flavor profiles. By enabling customers to reformulate recipes without compromising taste or texture, we're helping them differentiate their products and respond quickly to market trends. As consumer demand for natural sweeteners continues to increase, Ingredion is advancing development partnerships for sweet proteins and novel customized clean taste solutions containing stevia and sweet proteins. We believe this will further strengthen Ingredion's position as a leader in sugar reduction innovation.
Lastly, I'd like to comment on our operational excellence pillar. Our operational focus has translated into meaningful benefits at our Indianapolis facility, where we've taken steps to maximize asset utilization across our starch network. By modernizing the plant layout and reengineering slurry transfer systems, we've created flexibility to run specialty starch operations in a more integrated manner with downstream operations. This means fewer bottlenecks, better load balancing and improved throughput. These changes reduce inventory requirements, enhance service levels and deliver meaningful savings, all while better positioning the plant to support future growth for texture solutions.
Additionally, we feel confident we will surpass our $50 million run-rate Cost2Compete savings target, and we'll realize more than $55 million in run-rate savings by the end of 2025. This achievement reflects a relentless focus on operational efficiency and disciplined cost management across the organization. By optimizing processes, eliminating waste, leveraging technology and driving continuous improvement initiatives, we've been able to unlock significant savings.
Last month, we hosted our first ever Supplier Day, bringing together strategic partners from across our supply chain globally in the pursuit of shared value creation. This was a valuable forum for collaboration, knowledge sharing and strengthening of relationships. The event created increased awareness and understanding by our suppliers of our business and is already leading to new opportunities for value creation for us and them.
Lastly, in October, we held a Global AI Forum for our entire employee base to accelerate adoption for the responsible usage of AI. Our AI priorities for value creation are focused on enhancing the customer experience, driving supply chain and manufacturing efficiency and accelerating innovation.
Now I'm pleased to hand it off to Jim Gray for the financial review. Jim?
Thank you, Jim, and good morning, everyone. Moving to our income statement. Net sales for the third quarter were $1.8 billion, down 3% versus prior year. Gross profit dollars decreased by 5% and with gross margin slightly lower at 25.1% as volume headwinds are partially offset by lower input costs. Reported and adjusted operating income were $249 million and $254 million, respectively.
Turning to our Q3 net sales bridge. The 3% decrease was driven by $39 million in lower volume and $30 million in lower price mix, offset partially by $15 million of favorable foreign exchange.
Moving to the next slide. We highlight net sales drivers for the third quarter. Texture & Healthful Solutions net sales were up 1%, driven by sales volume growth of 4% and foreign exchange favorability of 2%, partially offset by price/mix.
Food & Industrial Ingredients LatAm reported a net sales decrease of minus 6%, largely attributed to a reduction in sales volumes, which was mainly influenced by weaker brewing demand as well as slower macroeconomic growth across the segment. Food & Industrial Ingredients U.S./CAN net sales declined 7%. The sales volume decline of 5% was impacted by the extended recovery time to normalize production at our Argo plant as well as softness in sweetener volume demand.
Now let's turn to a summary of results by segment. For the third quarter 2025, Texture & Healthful Solutions net sales was up 1% and operating income was up 9%, equating to a 17.4% operating income margin, significantly higher than prior year. This result has been driven by lower raw material costs, as well as favorable volume impact, partially offset by unfavorable price/mix.
In Food & Industrial Ingredients, LatAm, net sales were down 6% versus last year. Operating income declined to $116 million with an operating income margin at 19.8%, holding strong. Moving to Food & Industrial Ingredients, U.S./CAN, third quarter net sales were down 7%. Operating income was $81 million, down 18% or $18 million. driven by production challenges at our Argo plant and lower-than-expected beverage and food volume demand.
As we stated earlier, we estimate that this disruption has had a $12 million operating loss impact on the quarter's results. For the all other group of businesses, the 17% increase in net sales was driven by increases across the board. Operating income was flat versus the prior year as protein fortification gains were offset by lower profits from the Pakistan business.
Turning to our earnings bridge. On the top half, you can see the reconciliation from reported to adjusted earnings per share. Operationally, we saw a decrease of $0.31 per share for the quarter, driven by a decrease in operating margin of $0.22 and a volume of minus $0.12, partially offset by foreign exchange of $0.03 per share.
Moving to the change in nonoperational items. We had an increase of $0.01 per share. Shares outstanding had a favorable impact of $0.05 and a lower tax rate equivalent had a $0.02 per share impact, partially offset by higher financing costs of minus $0.06 per share.
Shifting to our year-to-date income statement highlights. Net sales for the first 9 months were approximately $5.5 billion, down 3% versus prior year. Gross profit dollars grew by 4% and gross margin has increased to 25.6%, up 180 basis points. Reported and adjusted operating income were $796 million and $800 million, an increase of 10% and 4%, respectively.
Turning to our year-to-date earnings bridge. The result is an increase of $0.58 per share. Operationally, we saw an increase of $0.36 per share for the 9 months. The increase was driven by an operating margin increase of $0.61 as well as favorable other income of $0.14 per share, primarily from our Argentina joint venture, and these were partially offset by volume of minus $0.38.
Moving to the change in nonoperational items. We had an increase of $0.22 per share, primarily driven by fewer shares outstanding of $0.15 as well as lower financing costs and tax rate of $0.03 per share each.
Moving to cash flow. Year-to-date cash from operations was $539 million which includes an investment in working capital in the current year. Year-to-date capital expenditures net of disposals were $298 million. The company expects to invest in organic growth initiatives that provide a significantly higher return than our cost of capital.
Lastly, we have repurchased $134 million of outstanding common shares, exceeding our share repurchase target of $100 million. We have paid out $157 million in dividends and increased the dividend per share to $0.82 for the quarter, which represents our 11th consecutive annual dividend increase.
Now let me turn to our updated outlook for the year. For the full year 2025, we anticipate net sales to be flat to down low single digits with our outlook reflecting lower price/mix due to pass-through of corn costs and an updated view of the effects of foreign exchange. We anticipate that adjusted operating income will be up low single digits to mid-single digits for the full year. Our 2025 financing cost estimate will now be in the range of $35 million to $40 million, reflecting year-to-date foreign exchange impact.
For the full year 2025, we expect a reported effective tax rate of 25.5% to 26.5%, and adjusted effective tax rate of 26% to 27%. We are narrowing our full year adjusted EPS range to be $11.10 to $11.30. Given the macroeconomic softness evident in the third quarter for Latin American economies and the incremental issues that we absorbed related to F&II U.S./CAN segment's Chicago plant outage. We anticipate our 2025 cash from operations will now be in the range of $800 million to $900 million.
Our guidance reflects current tariff levels in effect at the end of 2025. In addition, this guidance excludes any acquisition-related integration or restructuring costs as well as any potential impairment costs.
Turning to the full year outlook for each segment where we have made updates. For Texture & Healthful Solutions, our estimate for net sales is to be up low single digits. We have raised our operating income profit growth to now be up high double digits. For F&II LatAm, we have lowered our net sales outlook to be down mid-single digits and operating profit to be flat to up low single digits. For F&II U.S./Canada, we have now lowered our outlook for net sales to be down mid-single digits and operating income to be down low double digits based upon operating challenges.
That concludes my comments, and I'll turn it back over to Jim.
Thank you, Jim. As we conclude today's call, I want to emphasize the focus we have on our operational and strategic priorities. Clearly, we have a near-term focus on improving productivity at Argo and rebuilding inventories and driving sales recovery in our U.S. Food & Industrial Ingredients segment. Complementing this focus on operational excellence, the entire organization is committed to exceeding its Cost to Compete target, delivering $55 million of run rate savings by year-end. We will continue to deploy capital towards organic growth opportunities to expand and strengthen our Texture & Healthful Solutions portfolio.
Lastly, we remain committed to returning capital to shareholders through share repurchases. As of the end of September, we exceeded our full year target by purchasing $134 million worth of shares and have increased our 2025 share repurchase target to $200 million, underscoring our commitment to maximizing shareholder value and reflecting our confidence in the future, we are announcing that our Board has authorized a new share repurchase program of up to 8 million shares over the next 3 years.
Now let's open the call for questions.
[Operator Instructions] And our first question will come from the line of Andrew Strelzik with BMO Capital Markets.
2. Question Answer
I wanted to start on the demand environment, and I apologize if you covered some of this in the prepared remarks that I missed. But I guess I'm just curious that you're seeing that evolve. It certainly seems a bit softer than anticipated. And so I guess, are you seeing it continue sequentially to slow? Or are you seeing any signs of stabilization? In the release, you mentioned some customer mix management. I was hoping you could maybe elaborate on that as well.
Yes, Andrew I'm going...
Ladies and gentlemen, please remain on the line. Your conference will resume shortly. Once again, ladies and gentlemen, please remain on the line. Mr. Strelzik, I just want to make sure that you can hear me.
I can, yes.
Speakers?
Yes. We're back.
Okay. You're loud and clear, and we still have Andrew on the line for his question.
Okay. Andrew, I'm going to start back with the response related to what's happening in LatAm and with Mexico and Brazil, I think that's where the line got cut off. Is that correct?
Yes. I mean the question was broadly about the demand backdrop and if you're seeing any signs of stabilization, but then there was the comment. I think it was on LatAm about the mix management, customer mix management. I was hoping you could elaborate on.
Right, right. Yes. So in Brazil and in Mexico, we're seeing inflation, elevated prices that are impacting the consumer. Interest rates are relatively high versus history and we do believe that's impacting consumer spending and confidence. Mexico GDP is forecasted to only grow 0.5% and Brazil's GDP is forecasted to grow only 2% It's just noteworthy to remind everyone that food spending represents approximately 20% to 30% of disposable income for the LatAm consumer. And thus, when we see softness and thus, we're seeing the cumulative impacts related to softness in beverage and multiple food categories.
Moving to the United States, we saw demand for sweeteners in particular decrease in July and August. That's what the industry data showed. It was a pretty notable drop in July and August, but it did recover nicely in September. So -- but for the quarter, July and August was impacted. And of course, we, at the same time, in those months, had issues related to Argo depletion of inventories inability to sell, but things picked up in September. And again, as it relates to Texture & Healthful, we didn't see that kind of decline. In fact, the U.S. market contributed most to volume, net sales and operating income growth, but all 3 geographies grew operating income high single digits for Global and Texture & Healthful. Hopefully, that answers the question.
It does. And as a follow-up, I was hoping you could drill down a little bit more on the Texture & Healthful Solutions segment. The change in the outlook there. Is that -- what kind of is the biggest driver of that piece? Is it more what you saw in 3Q? Is it more what your expectation is for the 4Q? I was just looking for a little more color on the guidance change there.
Jim Gray, I'm going to let you take that .
Andrew, I mean, I think that as we look at Q4, we have from prior years, kind of a slightly easier lap. But I think more importantly, when we look across Texture & Healthful, it's really a diversity of customers. And so we have some of our largest customers that are in foodservice. We also have customers that are into private label as well as kind of branded CPG. So when affordability and value against either the U.S. or the European consumer, we're already benefiting a bit from what that sort of food service traffic and food service ticket looks like as well as whether it's store brands or private label brand. I think we're seeing a nice balance of our volume demand across all of our customers. And so we feel like that's a well diversified and very solid business right now that has some growth right in front of it.
And we're also benefiting from a focus with a well-defined definition for solutions selling, where we went through a complete retraining of our go-to-market sales and technical service force. And we're into the second full year of, I would say, more advanced solution selling than we've ever had in relationship to selling differentiating ingredients, customized blends and solutions all around consumer benefit platforms around affordability, health and wellness, which are really aligned to the trends. And that's why I think we're seeing the strength in our clean label solutions growth, which again grew double digits in the U.S. and Asia Pac.
One moment for our next question. That will come from the line of Kristen Owen with Oppenheimer.
Jim, I did want to follow up on the F&II businesses. You gave some helpful color on Argo in the prepared remarks. But can you just help us unpack how much of the volume was sort of this macro weakening that you addressed in the first question, how much of that was sort of these company-specific events like the Chicago plant or this transition in your brewery business in LatAm? And I'm just trying to think how much of those onetime items kind of roll off in the fourth quarter and what sticks with that? If we could start there and then I'll have a follow-up.
Kristen, can we just clarify which segment? So U.S./CAN F&II first.
Yes. Let's take -- why don't we take U.S./CANADA F&II first, Jim, and then maybe I'll take the LatAm F&II.
Yes. Okay. Is that okay, Kristen. Yes.
Yes, I was hoping to get both.
So I think with regard to U.S./CAN F&II, so first of all, as Jim mentioned on the prerecording that the feed dryer is very much at the end of the process. When that goes down, the entire plant has to shut down and so then as we looked at those, we just -- we wanted to bring up the full recovery of the plant. And so we had a couple of impacts in terms of you have some lower value from your coproducts that you got to clear out. You also had some periodic halting of the grind, which impacted a variety of the refinery processes. And so we didn't have as much volume available. We also had to absorb some fixed costs and then as we've got running to kind of normal production rates in September, you can really put a kind of cap on those costs, and that cap is around $12 million impact to Q3. Don't really anticipate that, that's going to repeat, right?
I mean, we want to work on reliability. We think about our planning as we go forward. And obviously, we plan to run at normal to full capacities in 2026. So I really don't think we're going to overlap this maintenance and the idle plant charges within U.S./CAN F&II.
So $12 million of the $18 million decline, we would attribute to the Argo issues. The remainder related to the market weakness that we saw, which was very curious with the drop off in July and August, but the good news is we saw industry recovery in September.
So let me pivot and I'll talk about LatAm. For the LatAm F&II segment, approximately 40% of the revenue decline year-on-year was attributable to soft brewing volumes. Now the largest contributing factor was related to the impact of the terms and timing of purchases associated with the rollover of significant customers multiyear agreement. That situation is now satisfactorily resolved and it should not repeat.
So for color, in the quarter, Mexico was down 10% with half of the net sales decline due to brewing related situations to that unique customer situation. And in Brazil, 90% of the decline was due to brewing demand, again, predominantly related to that customer situation. And because brewing adjunct represents 18% of net sales for F&II/LatAm and a larger percentage of our volume what we've been doing is we're actively pursuing alternative paths to utilize our grind more profitably by trading up to support higher-margin products in food and confectionery.
We believe this represents an exciting incremental opportunity to diversify beyond brewing and valorize our grind more profitably. So hopefully, that answers the question related to the -- what we believe is some transitory aspects in F&II with about half of the decline in LatAm was due to the brewing transitory nature, and Jim indicated about 2/3 of the decline in F&II US/Canada was related to the Argo situation. Hopefully, that's clear.
No, really, I appreciate all of that color. That is very helpful in helping us understand what goes the way in the fourth quarter. My follow-up question is actually as far as thinking about fourth quarter contracting season, I understand it's a little early on 2026. But just given some of these onetime items in '25 I'm wondering if you can give us a sense of how you're thinking about price cost dynamics into 2026. I mean we've had a lot of volatility on the input cost side. And then you've got some of these onetime items on the cost side. So just some of the big buckets that we should think about from a price cost perspective into 2026 would be very helpful.
Yes. I would say, just as it relates to contracting, obviously, we're early in the process. I would say that we're currently midway through firm price contracting in the U.S. and in Europe. So still a long way to go. And as it relates to inflationary pressures, which there are on input costs, along with U.S. cost of corn projected to be higher in '26 versus '25, we anticipate this is going to prolong customer commitments and that contracting will not be completed until late in the year. And obviously, we always do a, we think, a pretty good job of balancing all of the puts and takes, especially given the pricing centers of excellence that we have stood up over the last few years that have served us very well during the inflationary period, and now as we manage a more benign but yet still sticky inflationary period. We're cautiously optimistic that 2026 contracting will position us for another year of modest profit growth based on everything that's happening in the economies globally along with the backdrop of uncertainty.
One moment for our next question. And that will come from the line of Ben Theurer with Barclays.
I wanted to follow up on T&H, just the dynamics in the quarter and the outlook. So the first question really is related, if you could elaborate maybe with a few examples on what's been driving the negative price mix in Texture & Healthful Solutions, which at minus 5% look pretty high. So that's the first thing I would like to understand. And then I have a quick follow-up.
Let me have Jim make that comment, Jim?
So Ben, on the price mix, when you look quarter-over-quarter, right? So some of the pricing that we had coming into the beginning of 2025 from Europe. We had some higher energy costs that were evident in '24. And so as energy costs had come down, that was part of our pricing mix. That's been kind of true all year as well as some of the corn -- corn was about equal, but we've also seen some higher expected corn costs and like basis for some of our specialty grains. So that's literally -- in the prior year, that was there. And then as there's been more plentiful corn some of that basis has come down year-over-year. So it's really more of a pass-through, I think, of some of the -- either net corn costs or the inputs.
Okay. Perfect. And then my follow-up question is really coming back to some of the dynamics in Food & Industrial, Latin America and the outlook in particular. So as you're probably aware of, in Mexico, there is a proposal out which is about to be approved for a significant increase on taxation for soft drinks which would not only affect the ones with caloric content but also the ones with no sugar in it. So no caloric content at all. It's still being taxed.
And the bottler is down there [indiscernible] expectation that there's going to be a significant need to pass pricing because of these taxes and with an expectation of large volume declines. So I wanted to understand what is your provisioning? And how can you kind of like protect maybe volume? Or what are you doing in order -- on your contracting side, particularly in Mexico, as it relates to the sweeteners piece, but also the non-caloric sweeteners as alternatives, which both are going to be impacted by the taxation into 2026?
Jim, why don't you take first, and then I'll pick up on it.
So obviously, what Ben, you're discussing is this kind of sweetness tax that is across both caloric as well as non-caloric or light beverages that will impact in Mexico. I think that legislation is up for vote or maybe it's approved, but the effective date, I thought was January 1, 2026. So on the caloric side, clearly, the bottlers in Mexico have a choice between kind of liquefied sugar and HFCS, and we think that as you look at the cost competitiveness and the formulation for HFCS, it should lean a little bit more towards kind of the use of HFCS and then just -- and what we've also seen historically when we've seen kind of taxes go into place on beverages is that usually, there's an initial sort of sticker shock.
But then after that, I think consumers generally kind of sort of accept or work that in to their overall cost of their grocery basket or their cost of lunch on the go or dinner. And so there's always usually an initial impact for anywhere between a month to 3, 4, 5 months. And then it sort of -- it works through. I think the customers that we have also are very much thoughtful around their pack -- their price pack architecture, and we'll think about value in those trade-offs.
I think for non-caloric sweeteners, it's more of an interesting issue, right, which is there's a consumption tax going in will you see any separation for beverages that we sell like maybe a stevia solution into where you have where you have maybe a unique proposition on that beverage and that might be able to withstand that tax increase.
Yes. What I would also say, Ben, is that this proposed increase, which I think is $0.17 a liter on sugary drinks. And again, nonsugary drinks but sweetened with artificial sweeteners as well that will go into effect. It's coming now maybe 8 years later than first 6.8% tax that was put in place. And as Jim said, when that went into effect, there was a dampening for 6 months to 9 months on purchases. And then what was interesting, is consumer behavior was modified and the tax actually had unintended consequences and impacted purchases of other products outside even the food category, where people then went back to products that they liked, which were some of the caloric beverages, especially consumed by laborers and the construction workers, et cetera. And we actually observe that.
Now we'll see what's going to happen this time. But the other important point, Jim, that I think is important for us to highlight is we do not export a lot of, say, HFCS into Mexico. In fact, it's a very small quantity because we produce locally and we're not a large HFCS producer locally. We're much more of a glucose producer locally. So from a standpoint of how directly -- so I use the word directly going to be impacted, I don't foresee it will have a direct impact, how it impacts the industry and what indirect effects are kind of remains to be seen. But I do think it won't be a 1 for 1 that is prolonged, it will -- consumers will adjust as they did when that tax went into effect in 2016, '17 and we'll see then what happens from there.
One moment for our next question. And that will come from the line of Pooran Sharma with Stephens.
I just wanted to ask about U.S./Canada F&II . I think you mentioned it in the prepared comments and in the Q&A here. I think you called out $12 million weakness from Argo and $6 million from a softer market and just parsing into that further, you mentioned softness in July and August, but a recovery in September. Were you speaking on a volume basis? And are you able to kind of share if that recovery has held into October? Or what you're seeing thus far quarter-to-date?
Yes. I think you've summarized it accurately as it relates to U.S./Canada. And the comments that we made about July and August in U.S./Canada related to volume shipments in the industry of sweeteners, which is what we were specifically talking about and that recovery in September was also volume related and related to sweeteners. I would say it's early yet in the quarter for quarter 4, but we're not, I don't believe, going to see the July and August step-downs that we saw from an order of magnitude, and we do really believe that it was related to a subset of brand companies -- brand food companies in both beverages and packaged foods, taking price, promoting less and absorbing higher aluminum and tinplate packaging costs, passing those on. Because the 232 tariffs that went into effect actually were announced, I believe, in March. And by the time they started to be manifested at the retail level, we believe that, that onetime impact was experienced in those months.
And the manufacturers were optimizing their approach to how they were going to price and thus the impact was felt by consumers. The adjustments have occurred and again, September was evidence of that. That's how we have interpreted it. And again, we need more data points going forward to really be conclusive, but that's our best understanding of what took place and how we would explain the impact in the quarter.
Great. Great. I appreciate that detail there. And just maybe wanted to understand just Argo a little bit better. Maybe I was wrong in my thinking, but I think last time we had spoke or last earnings call, you were expecting to get some of the volumes back as we work through 3Q and 4Q. So I was just wondering what you are all facing from like a production challenge standpoint. And do you see these manufacturing issues abating by 2026? Or what kind of time line should we be thinking of here?
Yes. No, you are correct in what we had expected and what we thought was possible. The point we wanted to make and the point we'll make again is that Argo is a big complex facility factory. And when it runs well, we can make up for a lot of lost ground. And what we were expecting was that it was going to recover more quickly than it did. And unfortunately, the recovery lasted into the quarter. So not to be repetitive, but when a factory like that of that size goes down, the first challenge that we have because it impacted what we call the back end, which is the coproducts and the feed is we then lose the valorization premium on coproducts. And we have to get the plant up and running, and we have to dispose of the coproducts so it doesn't become a bottleneck and it takes time to normalize the quality of those coproducts to get the valorization.
In addition, you then have periodic halting of the grind that impacts the downstream refinery processes, and then that leads to product downgrades and then that leads to under-absorption of fixed costs and unplanned maintenance costs, and we incurred all of that. The -- again, the production impacts that we experienced separate from what we saw in the industry from a standpoint of volume for us was particularly acute in July and August, but September returned to normal production rates. So the team right now is very focused. We don't want to declare victory. They are -- we're seeing steady recovery, stabilization and we're hopeful that certainly quarter 4 is going to be better than quarter 3. And then as we go into the winter, assuming we don't hit -- we've lived through polar vortexes and those kind of things. Assuming we don't have anything like that, we should be on a steady road to recovery at Argo.
One moment for our next question and that will come from the line of Josh Spector from UBS.
So a follow-up on the U.S./Canada side. Just specific for our fourth quarter I mean it looks like on your guidance for the year, down low double digits, it maybe implies that your fourth quarter is around $70 million in EBIT. So you're still down around $10 million year-over-year I guess, is that right? And is that primarily just comments around weaker market buying and seasonality? Or are there any other effects there? And I guess I'll ask my follow-up in addition here that around -- does that carry into the first half of next year with some of the comments around weaker consumer buying or not?
Josh, this is Jim Gray. I think with regard to how we think about the momentum going into Q4, we don't really expect any kind of operational issues or onetime issues, whether -- if it's the U.S./CAN Chicago plant operations or kind of the LatAm brewing what we did want to come back and just say for U.S./CAN market for the demand for beverages and food, for kind of our sweetener serves. I think we do see some customers not just branded but also private label taking price in the market. They are overcoming package -- expected package cost inflation. And our markets are always -- consumer is always going to be a little elastic. And we've seen this before. It's not dramatic in terms of the overall cost inflation that we're seeing in the market.
But you are seeing some unit price increases show up in the kind of the scanner data. And I do anticipate that, that will carry into Q4 and so that's kind of what's shaped our guidance a little bit. But overall, it's not a shock. I think the U.S. consumer is in a good spot with regard to wages and affordability is always top of mind, but I think there is some necessary, if not modest pricing inflation on behalf of some beverage and food customers, and that's going to always slow the demand for sweeteners. But we're in a good spot if that sweetener demand does pick up in Q4, and that's kind of part of our guidance.
One moment for our next question. And that will come from the line of Heather Jones with Heather Jones Research.
And apologies if I repeat anything. I got on the call late. I was wondering you talk about LatAm and as you're thinking about '26 and the Mexico tax issue that you discussed and then just the broader inflation challenges for the consumer. Just wondering -- I know you're not giving '26 guidance yet, but just wondering now, how you're thinking about that setup for next year, particularly given it's had a couple of really good years. Just I was hoping you could give us some color on that. .
Yes. We -- let me just make a comment. We just actually celebrated our 100th year operating in Mexico. In fact, we had a Board meeting in Mexico, and we were able to meet with government officials, and we were able to hear from economists in relationship to the pulse on the economy. And definitely, the government's budget deficit in Mexico has presented a challenge along with the muted GDP growth. So we are seeing a softer Mexican economy and also some of the companies that we sell to there export to the U.S. and export to a Hispanic community in the U.S. from a standpoint of some of their products and brands.
So -- and we all have read from CPG companies in the U.S. about a weaker Hispanic consumer here in the U.S. So clearly, that manifested itself in the shipments that we make to these customers in the third quarter, not really prior to that. It's starting. And you're going to have an overhang as well in relationship to USMCA negotiations that will need to be resolved or postponed by July of '26. So there will be, we believe, some uncertainty that will hang over certainly the Mexican economy and that's kind of what we're anticipating as we exit the year and as we head into the year.
That all being said, the position that we hold in the Mexican market is a very solid position, very strong position. And the overall Mexican consumer has been resilient and affordability is going to be very, very important that plays to one of our strengths from a standpoint of how we work with customers on recipe development. And -- we also really know how to optimize our network down there. We've got 3 great plants, and the team is working very hard to optimize supply chains and look at cost management. So that's kind of the backdrop, and that's how we're approaching it right now. But it's early. It's really early to project too much forward what we've seen in Q3 into '26 at this point in time.
Okay. And then my next question is just on the share repo. This is a throwback to years ago, but I remember at one point, your shares weren't as liquid as far as how they trade and all. And so that sort of limited the optionality on the magnitude of share repurchases. So I was just wondering if you could update us as far as your thinking on that? Is there a limit to how many you want to repurchase ultimately and just update it. Thank you on that.
Yes. Well, first of all, I mean, why the new authorization from our Board on our share repurchase program. So our -- the program that we had in place was set to expire at the end of '25. I think overall, we're confident in the growth strategy for the company and believe that organic investment is going to continue to favorably impact cash flow growth. And so if you look at that going forward, then our capital allocation priorities are still around reliability capital, organic growth investment supporting the dividend. But after that, we have strategic cash to deploy, and we have a healthy cash balance today.
And so I think we look at our repurchase history for 2024 and now for 2025 with trying to exceed $200 million of share repurchases in 2025. So we're going to anticipate that we're going to have kind of more share repurchases in '26, '27, '28 and thus the need to come back and renew and reauthorize it at 8 million shares over that time period.
I'm showing no further questions in the queue at this time. I would now like to turn the call back over to Mr. Jim Zallie for any closing remarks. .
Thank you, operator, and I want to thank all of you for joining us this morning. We look forward to seeing many of you at our upcoming investor events in the next engagement being the Stephens Annual Investment Conference in mid-November. And at this time, I just want to thank everybody again for your continued interest in Ingredion.
This concludes today's program. Thank you all for participating. You may now disconnect.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
Ingredion Incorporated — Q3 2025 Earnings Call
Ingredion Incorporated — Analyst/Investor Day - Ingredion Incorporated
1. Management Discussion
Good morning, and welcome to Ingredion's 2025 Investor Day here in New York, and greetings to everyone joining us online around the world. My name is Noah Weiss, Vice President of Investor Relations, and it's great to see so many familiar faces this morning as well as some newcomers. Before we begin, I kindly ask that you switch off your mobile devices as we are webcasting the session today. The presentations that we will be giving this morning are available under the Investors section of ingredion.com.
Please note that we'll be making -- certain statements we will make today that will contain forward-looking information that are governed by our safe harbor provisions. Since our last Investor Day, the company has undergone a significant transformation. Today, you will hear from our executive team on what's next. Jim Zallie, our President and CEO, will share our vision for Ingredion's future and our strategic priorities.
Michael O'Riordan, our Senior Vice President of Texture & Healthful Solutions, will update our strategy since the segment and our Texture Day last November and share some of the accomplishments in building a global texture house. Rob Ritchie, our Executive Vice President of Food and Industrial Ingredients, LATAM and Food and Industrial Ingredients, U.S./Canada will highlight how these segments are leveraging their unique strengths to meet changing consumer needs.
And Mike Leonard, our Chief Innovation Officer, will explain how we are accelerating our R&D strategies to drive innovation from soil to shelf. And Jim Gray, our Executive Vice President and CFO, will explain how we're -- will bring it all together with a comprehensive financial overview and an update on our long-term outlook.
Before we go into the presentations, you have an agenda there in front of you. Please note that there will be 2 distinct Q&A sessions today. The first will cover the 4 presentations, and please keep your questions only to those. At the end of the morning, we'll have a full Q&A, where I'll invite all the executives up on stage, after which, in the adjacent room, we'll have an informal lunch where we can continue the conversation with the executive team. With that, let's get started.
[Presentation]
Ladies and gentlemen, welcome, Jim Zallie.
Good morning, everybody. It's great to be with all of you. I want to thank you all for taking the time to join us here in New York City. And we've got a very informative and engaging program for the next few hours. And we're going to update our long-term financial targets, and we're going to outline the steps that we're taking on those commitments. So let me get started and start discussing our strategic vision to drive growth.
As Noah mentioned, Ingredion has been on a business transformation journey the last number of years. And that's been built on strategy development, first and foremost, being clear on where we want to go and where we believe we can win. Second, portfolio optimization, and we'll talk more about that as well. Starting last year, business resegmentation, a big focus on innovation. You're going to hear from Mike Leonard, our Chief Innovation Officer, and certainly driving cost competitiveness. And Eric Seip, the Head of Global Operations, is with us here today as well.
And so through all of those efforts, we are diversifying our presence and offerings through geographic expansion, capabilities building across functions. It's been very, very significant and part of the transformation and part of the success that's permeating through all aspects of our business, especially in relationship to something that you probably don't have visibility into, which is digital capabilities, some infrastructure investments for efficiency that we think are going to position us in the future to more readily adopt the impact that AI will have on our business.
And certainly, you'll hear more about this, operationalizing solutions selling. And I think it's very important that you take away today what we have done to organize for success as it relates to moving from being an ingredients company to a company that truly is selling solutions and what that can and will do for us going forward. We're committed going forward to building on our track record for value creation with what you've come to expect from Ingredion, disciplined capital allocation, strong risk management and those centers of excellence that I've talked about to drive efficiency and productivity.
So the long-term growth targets that we're sharing today, we believe are achievable and will allow us to build on our strong financial position as we continue to work to maximize shareholder returns. So I know many, many of you are very familiar with our company. In fact, I was talking to one lady and she's been a very long-term shareholder and was telling me that I'm the third CEO for Ingredion that she has known personally.
But for those of you that are not familiar with Ingredion, we are a global ingredient solutions provider primarily to food and beverage customers, which represent more than 70% of our net sales, but also increasingly selling higher value, more functional ingredients for industrial, pharma and beauty and home companies. And again, something that you probably haven't realized and something that we don't talk a lot about.
But over the last, I would say, 6, 7 years, we've really focused on those 2, say, smaller industrial parts of our business in relationship to beauty, home and pharma. We've significantly improved our margin structures. We've dedicated separate manufacturing operations to them from a standpoint of being able to make them reliably and be able to meet regulatory requirements. And those have contributed to the overall success, small but growing.
And we've been in business, most importantly, as a company for more than 100 years, and we're well positioned and diversified, and that's key as well with more than 16,000 global and local customers, which we service through 30 Idea Labs in 22 countries. So a very diversified company when it comes to customers, product mix, geographies. And we think that also positions us well for future success. So since we were last together, and I know a number of you were with us in Bridgewater, New Jersey in November of 2024, we've made significant progress, both strategically and financially.
We, of course, completed a resegmentation of our business last year that we believe strengthens both the parts and the whole of the business. We've made purposeful changes in our portfolio, divesting our Korea sweetener and industrial starch business and announcing our intent to sell our majority stake in our Pakistan business.
Last year, we reached record levels of EBITDA, earnings per share and cash and increased our gross profit margins to a new higher level. We've exceeded the growth targets we established at our Investor Day in 2022 for net sales, operating income as well as gross profit margins and cash from operations. We've also exceeded our cost competitiveness targets, and we've reinvested some of the savings and the cash in key manufacturing facilities and in R&D and in go-to-market capabilities to increase capabilities building.
And that's, again, to drive more from the innovation engine, but also to operationalize solutions selling, and we'll talk more about that here in a moment. And these results allowed us to deliver strong shareholder returns compared to a peer set in our industry over the last 1, 3 and 5 years. And we believe we're well positioned going forward to build upon our recent success. And what we're focused on now, and it started with the strategy development is to build competitive advantage in a pursuit of our winning aspiration.
And our winning aspiration is to be the go-to provider for Texture & Healthful Solutions that make healthy taste better. So you're going to hear from Mike Leonard on what we're doing to accelerate on-trend innovation, and we're segmenting our markets and our customers within the regions and the countries in which we operate to pursue pockets of growth. I think in the food industry right now, it is challenging from a standpoint of overall volume growth. And you certainly know that, and we all are working towards where are the pockets of growth.
And that's what we are actively pursuing, leveraging deep customer relationships in the local markets in which we operate. We're investing to maintain leading market positions in target categories, very clear about the categories we want to play to win and improve profitability and margins. And we're using our strong balance sheet to first and foremost, invest in the business, expand capacity to strategically grow as well as make carefully timed investments in reliability and infrastructure to secure earnings and cash generation.
So we want to do that as well to continue to have the cash-generative businesses that we have that are very high ROIC businesses as well, continue to help fuel the investments to drive growth, primarily in Texture & Healthful Solutions when you see the projections on the long-term targets by segment. So the segment structure we introduced last year combines better coordinated global reach, for example, in the case of Global Texture & Healthful Solutions with strong local expertise, leveraging again our long-standing presence and deep relationships in region and in country with customers.
You're going to hear Rob Ritchie talk about this from a standpoint of how long we've had a respected presence in the LATAM countries and what kind of a competitive moat that presents for that particular region in that business. And then I'll make some brief comments right now profiling the compelling business characteristics of each of the segments. Texture & Healthful Solutions, for example, you ask yourself, why did you go through the resegmentation, moving away from a regional structure with high-level commentary previously around what was called core and specialties to move to this segment structure.
Texture & Healthful Solutions, we have global multinational, regional customers across multiple channels. And one of the things right now that we're working on is identifying as part of our strategy development, what are our shared measures of success globally across the business. One of them is something called markets that matter. We've been very clear on that. Relevant channels for growth across branded, private label and food service.
So we're dissecting, segmenting all of these opportunities and doing that where there is global relevance from a standpoint of the customer base or where there's an opportunity to benchmark and drive best practice for companies that are regional and/or local. In that business, there's really -- it's become over time a business with limited business seasonality. And the average selling price, and you'll hear Mike O'Riordan talk about this is 2x what it is in the other segments. So we're driving growth there and making more investment.
Again, Rob is going to talk about Food and Industrial Ingredients, LATAM, but we have a competitive advantage and we believe a strategic moat as it relates to the market positions that we have in those countries. And Rob will talk about it, and I believe it will be very compelling. And again, in those countries, the long-term prospects are bright because of the trend towards affordability. These are ingredients that we provide that are mainstay ingredients in many of the food products that are sold in those regions, driven by just population growth overall and the trend towards urbanization.
And then one of the success stories, certainly over the last few years, and you'll see the numbers, is in the Food & Industrial Ingredients US/CAN business. And that's a business that for many years, we used to get some very intense questions about. But that business has performed outstandingly. We believe, certainly over the last year to 18 months, it's also because of the focus from a segment standpoint and how we've driven operational excellence and improve the gross profit margins and operating income margins significantly.
And one of the other things is we are the only producer in Canada, and that's a very important business for us that probably gets not enough notoriety. And then we have a segment called Other, but that was designated at the time because it had Pakistan and Korea. I've talked about the plans there or what we've already done. But in addition, those -- that segment has two other operating units that are higher growth units. One is leveraging sugar reduction or stevia business, where we're the leader in stevia-based ingredients and also for protein fortification in the case of pea protein isolate, which this year is growing high double digits.
So the segment structure really is creating better alignment with market opportunities, customer needs and our business objectives. And within each of these segments, Ingredion's market position is significant. We're a significant player in large and growing markets, each with attractive growth potential. You'll hear from Michael O'Riordan and Rob Ritchie shortly on how we intend to grow at or above the market in each segment.
So this is the simple long-term strategic framework that defines our 3 key priorities over the next period. Each of the presenters that will follow will speak to the specifics on how we're going to execute against each priority for each of the segments. Overall, for Ingredion, when it comes to profitable growth, we're focused on what is happening and co-creating with customers. We're leveraging customer relationships and capitalizing on the amount of reformulation that's currently happening in the industry, especially driven by the quest for health and wellness, new product innovation.
You'll hear from Mike and Rob on how we're defining those markets that matter and looking to expand internationally where we have a right to win. And we're extending our solutions selling globally. And when it comes to innovation, we're investing in differentiating R&D and capabilities building, especially as it relates to texture science, and I'll speak more on this in the next couple of slides.
And when it comes to operational excellence, we've been on a mission to make service and quality differentiators and drive positive operating leverage from what Eric Seip, who again is in the back of the room, calls the four Cs. Care, Ingredion, and I hope you all know this, especially those of you that have followed us for many years, we pride ourselves on one of our foundational values, which is Care First. And we operate at world-class levels of safety. And Eric is driving the same sort of culture that we have for safety and care for employees and process safety as it relates to food safety and quality.
Second is Customers. We have our operations very connected at the hip with the go-to-market teams as it relates to multilevel selling of all that we bring to customers as one integrated organization, especially leveraging the investments we're making in functional excellence to bring that before the customer.
Capacity. What Eric has brought to the organization is looking where we can make sure we have headroom for growth capacity to capitalize on opportunities when they arise from a standpoint of accurate supply/demand forecasting driving the brilliant basics, but also looking at capital efficiency, how we can either avoid or delay capital. And lastly, it's about Cost, and you'll hear Jim Gray talk about it. And again, Eric lives this, which is net structural savings and how we can operate to offset inflation. So that's -- you'll hear more about these 3 priorities in each and every one of the presentations.
Now there are 5 macro trends that I think you'll all identify with that we believe will offer and shape opportunities in the future. Mike Leonard will discuss and share examples of progress we're making against a few of these, but let me make some brief comments about each very quickly. So as it relates to clean label, there's, of course, the desire for transparency for folks to know what's in their food. I don't know if you realize, but Ingredion has the market-leading position in functional
native starches.
These are starches that are not chemically modified. They're physically modified. They're labeled simply as corn starch, potato starch, tapioca starch, but they have all the performance characteristics of highly specialized products. And they enable clean label formulating. And that's an opportunity that we think we can broaden and leverage when it comes to solution selling to deliver clean label enabled solutions.
Affordability, especially today more than ever, where consumers are pinched with the price points of food and trying to make their discretionary spend go farther. Ingredion works with its understanding of functionality on how to replace expensive ingredients, substitutes for eggs and cocoa, for example.
Sugar reduction, leveraging that toolbox of stevia for high-intensity natural sweetening, the protein fortification, along with the sugar reduction, pick up on the trend for the GLP-1 drugs and what you read about and hear about from a standpoint of how their diets may be changing when it comes to consuming products that have more fiber fortification, meal replacements and certainly protein fortification, and you'll hear more from Mike on that as well.
So when it comes to the key priorities of innovation, our focus is on clean label texturizers. And this is something that we are leveraging again that unique portfolio that we have. And we've made decades of investments in proprietary manufacturing on how to make these products. So it's a customized process that we have. And again, building out these clean label formulating capabilities. Investment in expanding texture science leadership, and Mike will talk more about some of that, and we have some examples of the equipment that we're using and that we've made investments in.
And we're really the first-to-market with a Texture Solutions service model. And this is consumer insights driven. So we've got Larry Fernandes in the back who's responsible for commercial excellence. And we have a really very respected group in the industry that works with customers to really understand where the consumer is going, and we share perspectives and ideas and then back that up with the science-based approach towards how we can deliver a texture that meets a white space, an opportunity for white space innovation for a customer.
And we have examples and case studies we're going to share with you. We've piloted this in 2025 with broader rollout in 2026. And again, I want to give you just a feel for how this has permeated through the organization. So I just literally yesterday got an e-mail from Nancy Wolfe, who's in the back of the room, and she's our CHRO. And Nancy has a gentleman who works for her that's been on Point the last year, who knows our organization extremely well from a standpoint of all the go-to-market capabilities.
And he has led the sea change that's taken place over the last 18 months in relationship to how we go to market with customers to really develop solutions selling capabilities. And so it was an e-mail exchange, and I got a chance to read it yesterday. And it was celebrating a success at a customer, delivering on a Mochi Texture, which is a chewy elastic texture in China, and it was a new win that we delivered in 2 months.
And what was notable in the e-mail exchange was that the gentleman that works for Nancy said, he was on the customer visit. This is an HR person on the customer visit with the go-to-market team because he's working to make sure organizationally, we put the right skills and talents on how to operationalize that. And at the end, Nancy says, yes, and I'm excited because I'm going to be in the U.K., and I'm going to be visiting a customer with our sales manager for an opportunity that they see that they're about to close on for solution selling. So that's where we're excited about what the future holds. And then lastly, Rob is going to talk about, and Mike is going to talk about, Leonard, about the investments we're making where we see an opportunity, especially in sustainable food packaging with regulation changes, the needs for more biodegradable, sustainable solutions for coating.
Rob is going to talk about grease resistance and PFAS replacement. We see an opportunity to invest there in industrial applications that are high value, high function. I do want to talk a little bit more about operational excellence because it's really played a key role, I think, in our success over the last 4 years. And again, our focus is on making service a differentiator and driving cost competitiveness. And we only stood up the global operating model a little more than 4 years ago.
Now that may sound like a long time, it's really not. And the point of highlighting that is that I think, and Jim Gray would say, we're in the early innings of the delivery of the benefits from going to this global operating model as opposed to the regional structure that we had with duplicative manufacturing, different standards. We weren't doing benchmarking.
So we did that to develop operational standards and systems require benchmarking and drive excellence across the global supply chain and operations, stand up a global procurement organization. We're going to have the first ever global procurement supplier summit in the history of the company on October 1, inviting in key suppliers to have that. We weren't capable to do that 4, 5 or 6 years ago. In addition, what Eric has done is the ability to leverage machine learning and other AI tools to improve forecasting, scheduling and reliability.
It's also noteworthy to highlight that one of the most significant achievements in operations in recent years is the investments we've made to strengthen and regionalize and derisk our supply chains. Coming out of the supply chain crisis, COVID, 2021, we were exposed. We ship a lot of product around the world. We've made strategic investments in countries to be more locally and regionally self-sufficient. It's something else you may not have fully appreciated about Ingredion. All of this has enabled us to raise the bar on ourselves.
So, for example, we used to just measure our service based on on-time and full, delivered on time and full. Now we measure against a perfect order standard, taking every single possible customer dissatisfier and measuring it and making sure that we can deliver against a perfect order standard. That's led to improvements and increases in our Net Promoter Scores. Eric's also strengthened our centralized engineering team, and that's optimizing our asset footprint. If you paid close attention, we've announced the closure of a few facilities.
We're executing against those, and those have financial returns heading into next year as well as obviously making sure we have that capacity at a cost to enable growth and again, minimizing, delaying or avoiding capital spend. And this has delivered, honestly, and Jim will say it as well, millions of dollars of savings with an ability to optimize again over this next period that we're going to talk about. So the long-term targets we are establishing for the next 3 years are for 2% to 4% net sales growth.
Now that compares to 3% for the 2022 to 2024 period, 5% to 7% adjusted operating income growth, that compares to 14% that we delivered from 2022 to 2024 and slightly higher adjusted EPS growth of 7% to 9%, and that compares to 17% EPS growth from 2024 -- 2022 to 2024. And our recent track record has demonstrated that we have an experienced, execution-focused leadership team that operates with a strong drive for results. We want to win.
And in addition to today's presenters that you're going to hear from and you're going to meet, you're going to also have a chance over lunch to meet the rest of our executive leadership team that are here today, and they're all sitting in the back of the room. And I'd like to quickly, if it's okay, introduce each one of them, ask them to stand in case you'd like to connect with any of them later today during lunch.
So first, I'll start with Larry Fernandes. Larry, if you could stand up, our Chief Commercial & Sustainability Officer; Tanya Jaeger de Foras, our Chief Legal Officer; Mark Karns, our Vice President of Corporate Development and M&A; Eric Seip, our Senior VP of Global Operations & Chief Supply Chain Officer; and lastly, Nancy Wolfe, our Chief Human Resources Officer.
And now it's my pleasure to introduce Mike O'Riordan, who will discuss with an Irish accent, our strategic vision for growth and our Global Texture & Healthful Solutions segment. So Mike, over to you.
Thank you. Good morning, everybody, and thank you, Jim, for mentioning I've got an Irish accent. I am from Ireland, and there's a translation Irish bot at the back if you have any difficulties understanding me. I've been with the company for about 25 years, and I consider myself to be somewhat of a solutions warrior. I've been through the process. I started out in operations in the go-to-market front in the innovation area and general management in EMEA, Asia Pacific and in the U.S. So I've been on the journey quite a while.
And hopefully, this morning, you get a feel for why we've demonstrated success in the last 12 months or so and of course, preceding that as well. There are 4 kind of key areas, hopefully, that you'll take away from my presentation. Why is it that we grew by 7% volume last year in a very, very difficult market? Well, one of the reasons is that we have a very significant footprint in the emerging markets where I spend a lot of time. And so we are -- we see quite a long runway there to pick up volume. So we're in more and more recipes, particularly in Asia Pacific.
Second reason is that a lot of our customers are struggling, I would say, in the developed markets for growth, and they're renovating their recipes. And so we are co-creating and reformulating with them, which helps improve product mix. And particularly in a market like the U.S., clean label is one of those areas where we are upgrading recipes and helping our customers.
The third reason where we're growing is really around the area of innovation. Mike Leonard will talk a lot more depth about the innovation that we have but we are really finding a lot of success with solutions. I know a lot of people talk about solutions. Hopefully, by the end of my presentation, I will share with you how we define solutions, what it means to us as an organization. And it is delivering, as you will see, margin expansion. So there is something behind what we're doing in the solutions front that's really very profitable for our organization.
And the last area, which Jim was discussing, which has been very important for us is the operational excellence. We've invested a lot in assets. And so we do have the capacity for growth. We've invested over $300 million in the last couple of years, and we have a pipeline to continue to invest to enable that growth to happen. So this is a little history of time.
Maybe I'll start on the right-hand side first. You can see that, obviously, we've got a nice portfolio of products with a number of patents, highly differentiated. And then underpinning all of that, we've got these labs and manufacturing facilities. Jim mentioned it a little bit, and Nancy is here as our CHRO. I think our culture is -- it's a bit like a good wine, has distilled over time and very well. And so we have a very strong culture, a very high-performance culture. And you'll also know that we have very high engagement scores.
And so there's been a lot of warriors on this journey for quite some time that has really helped to build the expertise we have in our organization. We look at how we're getting above market performance. I would say that we have 2 areas, Texture & Healthful Solutions. Texture Solutions is probably about 90% right now of where our success is coming from with these clean label high-performance starches. We've also broadened in recent years with hydrocolloids. And we're starting to get more into customized formulation, and we'll talk a little bit more about that as we go through the presentation.
And then there's overlap with some of the Healthful Solutions where we have areas where some of our technologies can be transferred to these Healthful Solutions into areas like Beauty & Home. So clean label is very important in food, but nature-based ingredients is also very important in areas like Beauty & Home, and we can transfer some of those technologies into those areas, which are very high margins. And so this is where we get some synergies. And then you can see the results here.
The net sales a little deflated between '22 to '24 because we had raw material deflation. But as I mentioned earlier, we had 7% volume growth last year, very strong and good volume growth, as you know, this year as well. And the margin expansion. So I can say a lot of words on the stage here, but you can see from the results that we're getting significant margin expansion. And hopefully, as we go through the next few slides, you begin to understand a little bit more where that is coming from.
And our results this year are north of these margins as well, if you've seen our results for the first half of the year. And so we have really very strong momentum here. I presented to you at the November Day, and I wouldn't have turned up today if we hadn't made progress, but we have. And so I have a little bit of confidence to share with you, what has happened since we last met some of you in November. Jim was very passionate talking about our operationalizing our Texture solutions.
And everybody talks about solutions, but there's really -- it's bigger than just sales or go-to-market. It was led by our HR. It's, I would say, a cultural transformation that you also got to look at things like operations and your supply chain because you need the agility to be able to also supply the solutions on time. But we brought a lot of training and accountability to how we do solutions. And we'll also talk about things like customer briefs, how we have formalized certain tools to capture data when we're interacting with customers.
And every time we capture data, it brings more insight in terms of what customers need, but we can track it throughout. And so for example, with these customer briefs, first of all, it's very formalized, our conversations with customers to make sure we've got the right target. But also we send these briefs to customers after our meeting to make sure that we captured all of the right things to solve the problem. And then we're tracking throughout the entire process, how these briefs are being managed and their level of success and so forth. And this is all building our knowledge to be able to get more solutions to hit the target and do it faster.
Our pipeline. So it has grown significantly. And when I say significantly since the last time we met, it's doubled. And so that is transformational. So, I think as a company, you know us we're a high-performance company, but we are going through a bit of a transformational change, and we have seen a significant pipeline growth, which gives us a lot of confidence moving forward. Clean label, very much something that we've been doing for 30 years.
And so we have a lot of expertise. And so fortunately, the environment is changing, where more and more customers at one stage, it was more of a push for us. Now it's more of a pull, and we're seeing significant opportunities, not only in the U.S. It's been in Europe for quite some time, but also in places like China, where there is significant upside with this. And so sometimes we have starch as a backbone, but we need other types of technologies, and we've recently also been looking at these citrus fibers to give us unique clean label properties.
Mike Leonard will talk to you a lot more about what we're doing in predictive formulation, but it's certainly helping us to reduce cycle times at customers. And our close win rate at customers is also improving. So we are beginning to see the benefits of predictive formulation. You have a picture here on the right-hand side of this confocal laser. And so we're utilizing tomography and some of these imaging capabilities to link consumer liking to textual preferences. And all of this here, there's a lot of data that is being captured with this instrumentation.
And every time we have data, obviously, we can utilize that data to help us with predictive formulation. So the type of data we would capture with this instrumentation, if you were thinking something like a french fry, you're looking at audible crunchiness and so you have certain instrumentation to do that. The crispiness as you compact, the bite resistance and tooth packing.
And so these are -- is an example, and I have to say in the French fries area, I spoke to you about that in November. It's a market of about $17 billion, growing at about 15% CAGR. We have tremendous expertise, particularly here in the U.S. but there has been a shift if you're following it in moving towards Asia Pacific. And so we're helping customers reformulate with some of these coatings with this type of knowledge to be able to help them to develop these crisp -- nice coatings to be able to make the journeys with some of these new delivery formats as well in Asia Pacific very successfully.
And then finally, we are experimenting a little bit. I don't know -- I've been in the industry a long time. We have something which we say that when we go to see some of our customers, particularly the small- to medium-sized customers, they have people in their organization, which have the golden tongue. And the golden tongue is somebody that is the owner -- quite senior in the organization, and they make the calls in terms of the launches that go out into the marketplace. And that probably explains to some degree the high failure rate of launches in the marketplace.
So with all of this sort of capabilities, we're really moving more towards data-driven decision-making and linking it to consumer -- predictive consumer liking. And so the probability of success is higher. We're piloting these services at customers. I don't want to get ahead of my skis at this stage to say how successful that is because we're still working it, but we feel very confident that maybe at some stage, we will look to maybe monetize and this could be another part of our toolbox with solutions.
And it's really the tip of the spear at the moment as we develop these capabilities. We've showed this before. And so this is the market packaged food where texture is on the front of pack, is about $600 billion. I think what's also interesting for me is, about 25% of those claims are linked to clean label, and that's really our wheelhouse. We have -- there's nobody else in the industry who has as much expertise in the area of clean label.
The total addressable market for us as we're looking at that right now is about $1 billion, and that's where we're seeing significant speed in that lane. And then on the right-hand side, you can see that texture is a new flavor. It is something that -- we talked about Mochi a little bit earlier in terms of the -- what the new generation is looking at Gen Z and social platforms is really they talk a lot about texture.
And you see that we have for our proprietary research here, it's very, very relevant in many different areas. And the other part that's evolving more and more is the health benefits that people are looking for in their products. These are the trends. I'm sure you know them very well. All I would say here is that the trend is our friend right now because some of these areas like clean label, as I mentioned, and wellness, these will be particularly very important for us in the developed markets.
Convenience, we see a lot of momentum, as I said, in the emerging markets. Delivery formats in terms of how products are brought to consumers are creating new opportunities for us. And then Mochi, Jim, as I mentioned at the November Texture Day, there are 140 texture terms for texture in China alone and 400 in Japan. We have a very solid foundation in that part of the world.
And so we are leveraging some of that knowledge to bring to some of the developed markets where, again, we want to be known not just only as the go-to provider for Texture & Healthful Solutions, but also when you want to do Mochi, we have the expertise, and Mike is going to show you a very nice video later in terms of some of the capabilities that we have to demonstrate our leadership in that space.
You've seen this before. We launched about 18, 24 months ago, our play-to-win strategy. So where do we play to win and what capabilities do we need? And obviously, we've selected these categories. And I would say just behind these categories, besides the growth rates and the opportunity, you can see how the $20 billion is broken down between the different segments here, categories is that we're also looking at -- and that's where we need our colleagues in HR is what are some of those differentiated capabilities that we need behind these categories to win.
And that's where we're developing those capabilities. We have, of course, a long history, and I would like to say it's been a cumulative effect over many, many years, where now we have the momentum, but we need to continue to make sure we stay on the front line of some of these capabilities to make sure we're seen as a pioneer in our space. And then we have management systems that are behind these categories to bring accountability for delivery to hit the type of targets that we have set, and we are demonstrating already in the last 18 months.
Jim split -- there's really 3 strategic imperatives here for our enterprise, and it -- keeps it very simple, and I like it. So what is it that we're doing in profitable volume? What's driving that? Where is the innovation coming from? And then underlying all of that, you need to have operational excellence, and I'm going to give you just some examples in Texture & Healthful Solutions on all three.
The first one is, I talk about emerging markets. And one of the things that we have a heritage of about 100 years on is starch. And so we know that very well. And starch is good because it is the Texture backbone for most Texture solutions. And the reason why it's the backbone is because it's got tremendous versatility unlike some other type of ingredients. It's available in abundance in nature, and it's very affordable. And so that gives us a tremendous advantage over anybody else that's trying to enter the space is we have that heritage.
And so we also know that starch is in the developed markets, the per capita consumption is quite high. So in a place like the U.S. But in the emerging markets, it's at least 1/6 lower. And that's where we see the potential. If I go to a place like India, it's very early days. It's, I would say, 1/10 of the consumption that we have here in the U.S. And so with all of these emerging trends here with urbanization, affordability and middle-class growth, there's tremendous opportunity for us still in this market for profitable growth.
Now I did promise you at the very beginning, people talk frequently about solutions. And I really want to -- because we've been on a journey for a long time to really optimize what is it that solutions really means. And we have defined it very, very carefully. So solutions for us are ingredients that are highly differentiated within our organization. And these typically are high-margin ingredients and also with a high selling price.
Jim mentioned earlier, typically for these types of ingredients, they are 2 to 3x the average selling price of our baseline products. We also are launching every 5 years new products, and we include that as well because we always want to be innovating and staying ahead of our competitors. And customized formulations, historically, we call them Systems. And so that's where we bring different ingredients together to give unique functionality. And it's so -- it's really helping our customers to deliver more holistic formulations for them.
And then finally, we're looking at these value-added services. And I just talk a bit lightly about it today because we're piloting at the moment. And I don't want to, as I said, overpromise here yet. But this is really our solutions portfolio that's driving the margin expansion. We're holding everybody accountable behind that and very clearly defined what they are and what our expectations are going forward. I talked about the -- some of the way we've structured solutions. We need these briefs that are done with customers in a very formalized way to uncover unmet needs. We also have developed -- again, we had a very good foundation, but we need master formulation experts.
And so we have a program development in our organization for different grades. And if you get to a certain level, then you'd become part of a global team, you travel around the world because we're trying to scale solutions globally. So I gave you the example of the french fry earlier success in one market, but how can you scale that in other markets? And we move these formulation experts around the world to help us to scale these solutions. We have a lot of proprietary consumer insights now to help us to link to consumer liking and these -- how do you link that then the overall consumer liking, which many companies do, but back to texture preferences back to our ingredients.
And that's where the predictive AI tools that we are developing are making those connections. If we can make those connections successfully, then we help to increase the speed of bringing launches successfully to market. And then I keep repeating is that the importance of a successful solutions approach is not just go-to-market. It's holistic. You also need to make sure you've got a global procurement that's got the agility to source ingredients from around the world and do it quickly.
So when we're bringing these customized formulations to market, it's faster and faster and faster. And so very often, somebody is going to be made to order, they have to be out in weeks rather than months. And so we have these capabilities. And overall, you see that on the right-hand side, if you are bringing more of these solutions to market, more of recipe, then obviously, that is driving faster growth and helping you to have margin expansion.
One of the great -- and I call out Eric Seip, our Head of Global Operations, for his leadership in helping us to do that. What has happened, and I talked -- it really is transformational on the front line is that in the last number of years, we have spent a lot less time worried about service to customers and having issues of supply because we have the assets in the way that we're set up now as a global enterprise to deliver superior service to customers.
And we're getting feedback from customers in terms of what we talk about Net Promoter Score, which are very high, which is helping us to win more and more opportunities with our customers. We've also changed as an organization where we used to have our regional assets and we manage those kind of ourselves, now having global assets. And so we can move things around very quickly to make sure we have optimal service for customers.
And that is a tremendous upside because rather than go-to-market organization spending time trying to worry about production planning and service to get to customers and what have you, we have a centralized team that do all of that and the go-to-market teams can focus a lot more on commercializing solutions with customers. And so we spend a lot more time with customers, which is why we're seeing a lot more briefs.
Behind that, and I'm very excited that we're continuing to do that, we have made investments of about $300 million to enable the growth, but we have more in the pipeline. And so thank you to our shareholders for making these investments is that we need to make sure also that we improve our cost competitiveness. We don't necessarily have to be the cost leader, but we have to be cost competitive, and we are making a number of improvements in our plans to ensure that we are cost competitive.
And I'm very excited and biased, of course, because in Asia Pacific, we have not only a fantastic team there, but we are also the franchise leader for tapioca as an example, which solutions can be utilized around the world that are very unique. And we want to continue to invest in those markets to make sure that we have the capacity for the future growth plans that we have in place.
And then finally, we're seeing through this reorganization in terms of centralization, a lot of productivity gains. I can tell you from the area where I work in EMEA as an example, we have reduced our SKUs by 50%, which enables a lot more capacity going through assets and also is better for customers to get rid of some of that complexity to really have the products that they need.
I took this example rather selfishly because I was traveling through Hamburg Airport a few weeks back, and I was on the go, and there was this food in a bottle, which is filled with about 45 different ingredients of nutrients, vitamins and things like that. You can tell I'm not a avid user of these products, but in this particular case, I actually did need to have something quickly. But it was a fantastic product.
And so when I went back and I spoke to the team and said, "Wow, have you tried this product?" They said that they were -- yes, we were involved in developing the product. They didn't know that at that time. It's for a private label, which, again, private label, as you may understand, is really beginning to challenge some of the leading brands. In this particular case, the private label came to us and said, this is the brand out there today. Why are they so successful with this brand?
And that's where we can then start to look at overall liking characteristics and understand that brand and explain that to private label. And then you can link it back to the type of textures that would enable that overall consumer liking to our ingredients. And the solution in this particular case, which is full, I don't know if you've ever tasted these products, which is why I was surprised. They're usually quite chalky and dry in your mouth. I don't particularly like them. And this was very silky and smooth.
And actually, our solution -- as part of our solution to this particular example was rice -- clean label rice solution, which gives you that silkiness that white colored, that full body mouth feel. And it was done in record time, 45 ingredients. It was done in less than 3 months. And so that's -- if you get an opportunity to be in that part of the world, you can taste some of our success here. What I like also about this example is we talk about being the go-to provider for texture and helpful solutions.
And so we're helping customers not only to get the texture right because of our knowledge with sugar reduction, with plant-based proteins and for, we bring it all together that gives us a much more informative and holistic approach with our customers. These are our commitments that we have laid out. And so we have said that we expect for a portfolio like ours to be growing at 4% to 6%, and we're very confident that we're going to deliver in that range. I think also you're beginning to see for the gross profit in November, we said 27% to 28%. And then at CAGNY, we said around 28%. And now we're seeing GP from 28% to 30%.
So it should give you an indication that our confidence level is growing with the success that we're having with solutions that we feel that we can start to raise the bar higher and higher with this margin expansion that we're seeing, and we're seeing significant operating income upside as well from the 8% to 10% level. So let me wrap up. What you should take away i,s, where is all this growth coming from? I think one of the things you should take away is we are in more recipes.
So we're in the -- a lot more recipes. We have a lot more customers coming to us, like working with us and particularly in the emerging markets. We're seeing margin expansion because we are reformulating to improve product mix. And one of the key competencies that we have that's very much on trend now, not just in the developed markets, but also I explained in places like China that we're seeing clean label, and that's really helping us to reformulate and build on our expertise to help customers.
We talked about innovation and our area of expertise and solutions, and we're more in recipe. We're a bigger percentage of the recipe. So when we bring some of these solutions to our customers, it's not just one single ingredient, but we talked about customized formulation. And so we're a bigger part of the recipe, which helps with revenue generation and also, of course, margin expansion because it's a much more differentiated offering.
And finally, very excited. We do have a wonderful operating model, and we have the capacity for growth. Thank you for believing in us, and we will continue to make these investments, to continue to make sure that we have the capacity that's needed to deliver on these solutions.
With that, I'm going to hand over to my colleague, Rob Ritchie, to talk to you a little bit about the -- our success in LATAM.
Thank you, Mike. Good morning, everyone. Thank you again for joining us. Similar to Mike, I've been here for a few years, 28 years, originally started working up in Canada, spent time in the U.S. and in Mexico as well. So again, thank you for being here. So I'm going to talk about 2 segments today. I'm going to talk about our Food & Industrial Ingredients business in LATAM, which includes Mexico now, and then I'll talk about our U.S./Canada business after we go through this.
So some of the key takeaway messages for our LATAM business are, we have a lot of experience in that market. And I know past success does not always guarantee future success. But in this particular case, I think our knowledge, our market position, #1 throughout the LATAM markets helps us drive innovation and growth for our customers and dealing with all the volatility and instability that can happen in those types of markets. We've been able to deliver consistent and profitable growth through long-standing customer relationships, operational excellence and network optimization.
And I'll just say this, as global accounts that we have relationships with begin to grow in those markets, we're positioned for that as well as regional brands that are starting up in the LATAM market as well. And finally, on the trend around innovation, in line with the consumer trends and anticipating customer needs. We'll talk about those a little bit, but different than maybe in some of the developed markets in terms of affordability and those type of things as well. But it will continue to further reinforce our regional innovation position while leveraging what Mike Leonard is going to talk about from a global perspective as well.
So over the past several years, Ingredion has been able to deliver very strong performance in the LATAM region, driven by local manufacturing presence in some of the world's most dynamic and growing CPG markets. So a couple of stats here. Net sales down slightly, mainly just due to the price of corn on a pass-through from that perspective. Gross margins have gone up 500 basis points at 26% in 2024. And our OI margins have gone up to 20%, up 300 basis points as well.
As you can see, we touch a lot of different applications in the region. We actually sell the whole portfolio to all of the customers within the LATAM region. And a couple of things here, and Jim talked about this, you can word -- use like competitive moat. But we have a very, very strong right to win in LATAM that I want them to take away from this as a key message. In addition to our 4 Idea Labs/Innovation Centers, we have 15 production plants from Mexico down to Brazil. And our competitors combined have 6.
So we've got a very, very strong position. And when you think about 90% of the products we make are sold within the region, that local service, that local knowledge really gives us a competitive advantage over our competitors based on our past. I talked about that history. Actually, this October, we're going to celebrate 100 years operating in Mexico. Brazil, we're at 96 years and Colombia, 92 years. We've got a smaller operation in Peru, but that's at 61 years as well.
So a long history in the region. We have over 1,300 customers, and we supply over 950 unique products in the LATAM region. So very strong position from a business point of view, but also in the future as well. In this region, we have the widest variety of products and solutions across the key categories in LATAM. Additional to the food ingredients business, we have texturizers, sugar reduction. Jim talked about our Beauty & Home Care as well, our industrial business and our agri business.
And the good news is as we look at this, we have the playbook in place to leverage that portfolio for today. And we also have the global experience and knowledge to grow with customers as the consumers' demands and preferences continue to evolve. And what do I mean by that, if you talk about some of the things that Mike Leonard talked about -- I'm sorry, Michael O'Riordan, we have a lift and shift approach. We've developed those solutions in Bridgewater in Europe, in the United States.
And as the LATAM market moves up the food chain in terms of packaged foods consumption, we can bring those ideas and solutions to the marketplace. So we're well positioned for growth today, but also set up with an eye in the future. We've got a great playbook moving forward. The LATAM market is very dynamic, as we mentioned, and poised for long-term growth as economic fundamentals continue to grow, supporting the development of our food, beverage and industrial markets.
So a couple of trends. Economic-wise, approximately 2% GDP growth over the next planned period of 3 years. This increase in the formal economy of 7 percentage points since 2004. That means instead of maybe getting paid every day and going to the market every day, people are getting paid weekly, every 2 weeks and they're out going to their grocery stores, buying products, packaged goods specifically and bringing them back to their home.
There is some challenges. We're dealing with some front-of-label pack issues here in the United States. But in Latin America, these have been around for quite some time, whether it's sugar taxes, front-of-label packs in Mexico. And we've been able to navigate through those, again, by leveraging our global knowledge and innovation, but also looking at reformulation with some of our sugar reduction and other Texture solutions to help through that process.
Demographic-wise, 62% of the population in LATAM is 40 years old or younger versus 51% in the United States. And if you think of a population histogram that kind of pear shaped at the bottom, those people are moving up into middle class. They're better educated. GDP is growing, income is growing, which bodes very well for us versus the United States, where it's probably a more older population moving up. So that trend is our friend in that area.
And the other part is the urbanization. We talked about this a little bit. I think 2 of the largest cities in the world are in LATAM and Mexico City and Sao Paulo, but 82% of the population living in urban areas is expected to grow to 2050 to 86% by 2050. So again, in those urban environments, working in different jobs, going to the grocery store versus maybe working out in the fields.
In terms of consumption, we expect packaged food consumption in the market to have a CAGR of approximately 3.9%. And that's very different. If you look at the U.S. market and just U.K. for reference, they're about 2.3% and 2.6%. So almost approaching double the rate of growth in those particular markets.
And I think this next stat is very interesting. So 24% of consumers in LATAM's disposable income is spent on food, right? That's a big number. In the United States, it's approximately 7% to 8%. So how we go to market, how we innovate, the type of products our customers want is very different than maybe in some of the developed markets. So that being said, as that innovation moves up, we've got the innovation solutions to bring those in as that market continues to grow over the next 10 to 15 years.
And again, the trends such as functionality, affordability and wellness will be significant, and we have the products and solutions to address those trends today and in the future. Just another stat here. The gray bar is per capita consumption of packaged food on the left and on the right is beverage. The blue ones are Latin America and you can see the consumption rates are much less. And we forecast as we go forward over the next several years that, that consumption rate in LATAM will continue to grow, which bode well for our customers as well.
And the long-term volume growth in CPG is expected to continue even beyond that 3-year horizon that we've seen. In terms of the addressable market, the CAGR rate for CPG products is expected to grow at 2% to 3% over the next several years. You can see our sales there today about $2.4 billion and an addressable market of $5 billion. That should continue to grow. Some of the key areas that are driving that growth are continued packaged foods consumption, the trade-up for value-added ingredients as consumers start to earn more money and look at the products they consume differently.
Affordability, that's not going to go away. We have to take that into account when we develop new products and innovation for the LATAM region. Diversification of that end product, I'll talk about that a little bit as we continue to trade up from maybe more commoditized type project to value-added ingredients. And just it's a concern in the region that happens with many global companies as the FX has been a little volatile lately, but we have good ways with our finance team to work through that as well.
So as I mentioned, in LATAM, very, very sustainable competitive advantage today and into the future. That historical presence gives us a lot of knowledge and confidence from our past learnings as we go forward. Our local go-to-market and innovation, our customer relationships are very, very strong. They rely on us for the products today, but they're also asking about how can you help me in the future, reducing sugar, adding texture, perhaps including protein and some of these ingredients as well. We have that complete portfolio, right?
So as I said, we can sell the more basic ingredients today. But as they move forward and they want to replace products with stevia, we're set up to do that, and we'll tap into our global innovation teams to execute against that in the region. And then the other size is scale and cost advantage. Having those 15 plants versus our competitors only having 6 in the region gives us size, cost and service advantage, which is critical in those markets as well.
So again, very deep knowledge in the LATAM market. We know how to adapt to change with our local teams. Despite some challenging business environments, we've survived and actually thrived in those marketplaces. So just to build upon Jim's pillars and what Mike talked about as well. So the 3 key areas of strategic growth for LATAM will be profitable growth, innovation for the region and operational excellence and execution.
So one of the key initiatives to enable that from a profitable growth perspective is to diversify somewhat beyond corn and the brewing industry. Mainly today, we use corn. However, we're now making investments in growing our tapioca business in the Indian region, where we've got very unique properties with that product. We've launched a potato starch business in Brazil, and we're using that model from the United States to grow in that area as well.
And brewing is a very important segment to us in LATAM and around the world. However, the raw materials sold into that are somewhat commoditized, right? So we have opportunities to trade up our mix to add more value-added ingredients, we're certainly going to pursue those opportunities moving forward. We mentioned elevating our Idea Labs, connecting more closely with Mike Leonard and his team in our global side. We're going to accelerate sugar reduction, texturize our portfolio as well as some other ingredients.
We also sell a lot of specialty syrups in the region and confectionery segment and LATAM is a very important segment for us. It's growing not domestically, but some of the largest exporters of confectioneries are based in LATAM, in Mexico and Colombia. And we've been able to develop specialized syrups that look at different carbohydrate profiles, reduced sugar and actually protect the product integrity during shipping, giving some of the temperatures down there as well. So we've got some really unique ideas there.
And then finally, as Jim talked about Beauty & Home Care. So for us, globally, it's a growing market, and LATAM is actually the largest region for Ingredion, for Beauty & Home products. We see that trend continuing. The whole clean and simple that goes for ingredients that go into beauty products and home products as well is a trend that we're positioned very well for to continue to drive that growth.
In terms of the innovation side in LATAM, we're going to focus on texture and sugar reduction, affordable cost and use, which is very important. Sustainability is critical in those markets as well, and we've got a strong focus in that area. Larry leads that up as well, and we usually bring that together with our business to talk to our customers about that. Solutions and responses to taxes and regulations.
Sometimes in LATAM, there's good intention, but a lot of it's about tax revenue coming into the government. So just working through that and our customers as they look to reformulate and then really optimizing that local presence and expanding our regional market. Here's a great example, and you talk about trends today. We made this investment in Mexico, and I was actually living there back in 2018. And this is an investment in liquid allulose, which is used in sugar reduction across many different areas. So it's a low-calorie sweetener with functional bulking properties.
So not only can it replace sugar in application, it gives the bulkiness, enables significant calorie reduction and keep that stop sign in Mexico off the front of the package, good flavor and mouth feel. And the beauty of this is, we are approaching sold out on this particular channel and product line across North America. And we're looking at what that next investment potentially looks like for allulose as we continue to grow that and focus on sugar reduction.
So again, we're going to strengthen our market position. We're getting more channel expertise and understanding our customers better. And we really think beyond the products today, there's really great opportunities for long-term growth related to innovation. And this is a great example of an investment that's paid off very well. This goes without saying in this market as well, we've talked about affordability as a key issue. So enhancing our cost leadership to maintain high-level margins, right?
So we've expanded our LATAM sourcing model. I think under Eric's team under global procurement, put a lot of good resources in there. So keeping our costs down, looking at our raw materials and our chemicals as well that we use and making sure we're cost competitive. We will continue to tweak and optimize our network. What's the best place to sell from, where do we source from, optimize freight, logistics and some of the tariff issues that we're facing today.
We're going to boost plant reliability and efficiency, and we're going to continue to invest in de-bottlenecking and reliability for those products to maintain our leading position. And then I think this regionalization of supply chains, as I mentioned, about 90% of what we produce in LATAM is sold in LATAM, right? So it's hard to -- for people to come in and penetrate that, but we're going to continue to invest and reinforce that position in the marketplace.
But we do feel that operational excellence is a key driver for continuing to maintain but also grow our gross margins as we move forward. So our outlook for the Food & Industrial Ingredients in LATAM, net sales growth of 2% to 3%, somewhat dependent on the price of corn a little bit, but we're confident that will be our number off a base of $2.4 billion. Gross profit margin of 26% to 28% and coming off a base right now of about 25.7%. So we continue to see margin expansion in the region and adjusted operating income of 5% to 6% growth on a CAGR basis. That's coming off a base of $483 million as well.
So a very large contributor to Ingredion's overall OI. And just to summarize for LATAM, I don't want to minimize that experience, but also those leading positions, #1 in the markets in which we operate. It gives us access to the customers today for those products, but also the innovation as we go forward, delivering consistent profitable growth, customer intimacy and knowledge. When they come to us looking for challenges, they're going to call us first. They're going to look at opportunities to reformulate, and we're going to be on the front of that to work with them to help those work as long as our -- and align with our network optimization.
And then the innovation side as well. This will continue to be an important part of our business there and our journey there. And the good news is our global network is very strong. And as I said, we can lift and shift those ideas from other parts of the world as LATAM consumer trends change. With that, I'm going to pivot here to our Food & Industrial Ingredients business in the United States and Canada.
So again, the key messages for U.S./Canada in this particular situation is we have a strong position in mature markets, and we'll talk about that a little bit. But we've been able to deliver stabilized margins over the last several years through our trusted customer relationships and the strength of our business model, and we'll talk about that a little bit in a few minutes. We've been able to drive profitable growth through our expanded industrial product offerings. Jim Zallie touched upon this.
We are the leader in U.S./Canada. in terms of corrugating, paper supply, sustainable solutions for packaging. We have a #1 position. Our customer intimacy is second to none. We know that market very well and it's actually growing. You think about everything that shows up in your doorstep today and food delivered, it usually has a packaging format in there. So we're very well positioned to tap into that growth and continue with that. And there's some solutions that we're going to bring into that area as well.
We're going to look at our operational efficiencies. It's critical in this region. We have some very large competitors in the space as well. So cost is critical, spending a lot of money and effort and resources around maintaining our margins, making sure that we have that customer intimacy and to have better supply to our customers. And then finally, this is the -- I think the other side of this business is it delivers stable cash generation, right?
And that fuels growth, not just for Food & Industrial Ingredients in U.S., Canada, but that cash is used across the corporation, whether it's in CapEx projects, MA or cost savings projects that we move going forward. So it's a good generator of cash that's used across the organization in line with our strategic capital allocation. So, in this particular case, again, over the past several years, this business has performed extremely well. We've got a very unique position in the region, leading positions in dextrose and the only corn wet miller in Canada. You can see we have 2 Idea Labs, and then we have our 6 plants. We have our 2 plants up in Canada as well.
Net sales flat, but again, somewhat related to the price of corn on that area. Gross margin percentage, up 900 basis points, in the last couple of years from 13% to 22%, and that was necessary. We needed to reinvest in this business from a reliability point of view and an efficiency point of view. And at 13% gross margins, that wasn't possible. We can explain a little bit on how that happened.
And then on an OI basis, from 9% up to 17%. So really exceeded expectations. The team worked very hard together cross-functionally, pricing center of excellence. We'll talk about raw material hedging and also our operations and supply chain delivering that. You see the product applications there. I think one of the other key things that we did is raw material volatility. This has been a bit of a problem, right? We're in a global market, soy proteins, dealing with corn, other things, global trade. We did a pretty comprehensive risk management evaluation and partnered with finance team.
And what we've been able to do through some different hedging techniques is reduce our exposure to commodity volatility. So we're not talking about dislocations between soybean protein and corn protein. We've been able to cross hedge across other ways to protect that corn price and that net starch choice that we have, and it's been very effective as we go forward. So again, delivering stable cash generation to fuel growth and support our capital priorities across the whole organization. So this is our mix.
And you think about we have a strong local presence with a diversified sweetener and starch portfolio. So by product, you can see the mix there. High fructose corn syrup approximately 20% of our sales in U.S., Canada. And actually, just for a company point of view, it's just slightly less than 10%. So yes, there is some exposure to that. However, we are looking at new ways to take that grind and use it for other advanced products. Locally sourced ingredients. So if you think about where our plants are located, they're closer to the customers, not so reliant on rail shipments and things like that. We can deliver directly from our plants using our trucks.
As I mentioned, we've got a very strong leading position in the industrial business, and that is continuing to grow and sustainability will continue to drive demand for those products. And again, upgrading that mix, right? High fructose corn syrup is a great product. There's nothing unsafe about it. But as consumer preferences change and demand levels change, we have to adapt and find new avenues for that stream, and we've been very successful at that going forward.
So again, continuing to transform that portfolio, looking for pockets of growth to drive that, that will continue to maintain and grow our margins in the U.S./Canada region. So from an addressable market point of view, we think it's about a $10 billion market with a relatively lower CAGR of 0.9% to 1.3%. And this is just for this portfolio. And that's aligned. It's a mature market, so we understand that.
So the key factors that we're going to do to look at this is strategic diversification into the growth markets. We talked about biosolutions, products like liquid dextrose for industrial use or food use and fermentation. Glucose shipments have actually increased over the last few years as well, offsetting the fructose declines. Sustainable materials, I'll talk about that in a second. Biosolutions. So this is replacing petroleum-based products in chemistry and other applications with corn.
And then again, the sweetener side, we're trying to maintain stable positive performance in other categories than beverage like baked goods, confectionery and ready-to-drink beverages. So our competitive position in U.S., Canada, we have strong market and customer presence. I think that's very important. We have a very focused go-to-market team in Canada and the United States with a larger percentage of our business mix being smaller and medium-sized accounts, right?
So they're dependent on us not just because of supply of service and logistics, but also the innovation side as well. They tend to rely on us more versus some of the larger accounts, which are a very important part of our portfolio as well. But I would say our competitors have a larger position with them. We have the ability to react quickly to trends in customers' needs based on our plant locations.
And again, continuing to optimize our portfolio. We're the leading supplier of food and pharma-grade dextrose, which is a very unique product to us, corrugating and papermaking starches, and I'd mentioned specialized glucose syrups as well. So continued to optimize that mix based on the trends moving forward. So driving value through our service, which is critical, customization and agility and continue to look for new opportunities to trade up.
Similar to the past couple of segments, so 3 key areas of profitable growth. I'd mentioned finding those pockets of growth in this industry and finding where we can continue to trade up in those areas. Innovation, so delivering focused innovation and leverage our overall Ingredion network and then operational excellence, focused on cost and service and the optimization of that network, which keeps our competitiveness very important in the marketplace.
So as we continue to shift that mix, I'd mentioned developing and scale a portfolio of plant-based barrier coatings and functional binders, and this is to replace plastic in the marketplace. I'll give you an example of that in a second, accelerate the development of our next-generation sustainable packaging solutions. And I'd mentioned innovation as well. Innovation goes beyond products. There's supply chain innovation, finance innovation. In this particular case, we put a lot of effort and resources into risk management to making sure that we have stability of our raw materials. So we have all these predictabilities when we're reporting our earnings.
So some of the trends that are in our favor here is paperization, right? You think of paper packaging, I've seen alcohol now in paper packages, right? So this trend away from plastics, even glass. Plastic reduction, right, single-use plastics and PFASs, which are forever chemicals. Those are an issue. The development of biosolutions. So this is using liquid dextrose and other starch streams to make green chemistry products, sensitively maybe use petroleum products.
Looking at consumer preferences, right? Many people reading the label, not just what's inside the product or the package, but what's on the outside of that package? Was it made sustainably? Is it biocompostable? And then our local and reliable servicing. And again, corn starch and its derivatives is the perfect economic raw material source to drive growth and innovation in this segment. So we'll continue to use that moving forward.
So again, we're positioned to meet the rising demand and needs for sustainable bio-based and locally sourced solutions in the U.S./Canada region. So just another example here is next-generation sustainable packaging solutions. So supporting paper and packaged good trends with deep customer relationships and industry expertise. Again, we're supplying them with the majority of their ingredients today.
And as they look to follow these trends in the solutions, they're going to rely on us, our relationships and our knowledge of the industry to help that growth. I talked about chemical replacement, biodegradability, bio-based materials. We debated this one at 4%. I think we're being a little conservative. I think we're going to do better than that. But again, it's a growth segment. And sometimes in this segment, a lot of the news is around what's not growing. This area is growing, and it's going to continue to grow, and we're positioned very uniquely versus our competitors to be successful in this marketplace.
Another example here is with replacing PFAS, which again are these forever chemicals. You've probably heard about them in soils and waters and things like that. So regulations are looking at how do you replace oil and grease-resistant food packaging alternatives. And I think as we all know, New York City is probably a great example. Since COVID -- pre-COVID, pizza was pretty much it. Now you can get anything delivered in food, steak, french fries or whatever it is -- McDonald's, right? Pre -- before, there wasn't much of that going on.
So one, that product integrity, how do you keep it hot, crispy moving forward. But again, how do you do it in a sustainable way to kind of balance the performance that you need and the cost competitiveness. So some of the applications, think of a popcorn bag, pizza boxes, burger wraps, french fries sleeves, things like that is where this application in coating can work. So our unique solution, we've got some modified corn starch, which enables grease resistance in a paper packaging. No one wants to eat a burger if it's covered in grease in the packaging.
And these are certified compostable modified starch that preserves package recyclability. And again, they can work through our plants as well. So again, we're allowing our customers to make these claims, 100% PFAS-free, packaging with better compliance and sustainability metrics while still being cost competitive. And I think it's very important moving forward. So we see some big ideas in this area. We're making some investments in R&D and go-to-market resources to further capitalize on this growing segment in the U.S., Canada market.
And then finally, on the cost leadership to support higher margins, right? So again, it's about cost, right? We don't add a lot of OpEx to this group per se. So we're very mindful of the costs that are invested in this area of the business. However, we do invest in cost savings projects, digitization, as Mike had talked about it as well and keeping our costs in line so we can continue to grow margins in this business. How do we streamline plant operations? Should we make this product at all 3 plants, maybe one of them and get that mix so the plants can run more efficiently and operationally. That's important.
We didn't talk a whole bunch about customer order fulfillment and demand forecasting. We've done a really good job and under our supply chain team with Eric on forecast accuracy, right? So we give the plants what we want to make, we match it up with demand, and our levels have increased a lot. And that has a lot of benefits from cash flow, working capital, but also maintaining the right level of inventories for our customers. So that's a big part of it as well.
Mike talked about rationalization, right? Do we need to make all these products? Every time there's a changeover, it slows down our operations. So how do we manufacture that and make it go forward. And again, the reliability side, we've talked about this. We have our largest plant in the world in Argo. We need to invest in that, and we need to make sure that we continue the reliability in that moving forward.
So again, very well positioned to build upon the positive momentum today. But as we go forward, great opportunities for expansion as well. So our outlook here is about 0% to 1% CAGR on a revenue basis. Gross profit margins of 21% to 23%. So stable-ish, moving up a little bit in this segment, which I think is critical. I think there's been a lot of volatility in earnings for people in this sort of segment. This is our third year of stabilizing, and I feel very good about the changes we've made that we'll be able to maintain and enhance these margins.
Similar to our operating income, a very big part of our business, $373 million of operating income in 2024. So very cash-generative business, very high return on invested capital with profitable growth in industrial product offerings. So just finally, just the key takeaways is that strong position in the mature market, right? And I think the criticality of this is delivering stable margins, which I feel very confident we will with the changes. Our growth through our expanded industrial product offerings, it's growing.
We're positioned as the #1 person in that area. We'll continue to upgrade and -- upgrade and bring our global solutions in. We'll look at our efficiencies that we talked about as well. That's part of our DNA. It's going to continue moving forward. And again, that stable cash generation, right? We're able to use that money to reinvest in other parts of the business as well as maintaining the reliability and debottlenecking within our plants today.
So with that, I'm going to pause, and I'm going to ask Noah to come back up, and I think Jim and Mike are going to join us, and we'll have a Q&A session here on some of the topics that were covered this morning.
Thanks, Rob. Just as a quick reminder, this is going to be a shortened Q&A session. We'll have a longer one at the end. If I can ask that we keep the questions just to the material that we've already covered so far, and then we can do a full at the end.
2. Question Answer
Just wanted to -- real quick follow up on some of the material just recently on the U.S./Canada business. And you talked about some of the things you'd look in to innovate to kind of like get away more from the high fructose corn syrup business, et cetera. We've seen a little footnote that actually, there's a growth caveat into it in your outlook.
So I just want to understand what are your investments into innovation? What are the opportunities you're looking at to get away from high fructose corn syrup just in light of what's the political pressure right now, as certain companies are making announcements. So where do you see the opportunities here? And what are the more short-term risks?
I think -- Rob, do you want to take that one?
Yes. I think 2 things. So this is not a new problem, by the way, right? The decline of high fructose corn syrup has been going on in the U.S., Canada market for quite some time. So it's not a new topic that we're used to. I think what has changed is innovation, somewhat of a necessity, but also market trends is -- hey, there's not another plant to close. It's about what are you going to do with that plant differently in the future, right?
So I think a couple of things have happened within the fructose market, which -- we forecast maybe a 1% to 2% decline moving forward. We're offsetting that with growth in other areas like liquid dextrose and glucose. We've got a project at Argo, where we're going to repurpose HFCS into glucose production based on a growing need in the marketplace. And I'd mentioned around biosolutions advanced packaging materials in our industrial business. So the benefit, Ben, is we have that starch stream and we can make choices, right? We can make fructose, dextrose, glucose, biofermentation opportunities, and we can determine that based on profitability and opportunity. We also have a development team that's looking at over-the-fence supply for green solutions and biofermentation, right?
So that means they'd co-locate potentially at one of our plants. There's industry news out there where that's happened in a very big way where anywhere from 800 million to 1 billion pounds of fructose will be replaced. And for example, BioMEG for plastic replacement as well. So it's a focus that we're looking at, but I think we've been able to demonstrate to the industry that, yes, fructose is declining based on consumer preference, but we're able to pivot our resources in that grind towards those type of areas, which will keep our plants full and also continue to bring those stable margins that we have moving forward.
Yes. I think just to build on what Rob was saying, and he said it, but I want to make sure it really resonates. Over the last 20 years, the rate of decline of HFCS has been negative 1% to 2% per year. Today, the industry, a very rational industry is operating at high levels of capacity utilization according to one of the leading market intelligence firms in our industry that covers the corn wet milling industry, McKeany-Flavell, correct?
Yes. I think -- Jim, I'll build upon that. So the term is grind utilization, right? So yes, there may be finishing capacity, but if the grind utilization remains high, upper 80s, low 90s, that means they're pivoting away from products that are declining and making things like liquid dextrose for industrial applications and fermentation or over-the-fence supply for chemical replacement using instead of oil.
So yes, I mean, there's stable, and I think the supply-demand is in balance, partly over the last 5 to 6 years on this innovation focus on biosolutions and the whole bioeconomy within the United States market.
Kristen Owen from Oppenheimer. I wanted to ask more about the solutions platform. I understand it's still early days, so you don't want to dig too much into it. But just help us understand what does the business model look like? Do you charge separately for a solutions or co-creation opportunity? Is that an exclusive opportunity? Just help us understand how we should think about that going forward.
I'm going to turn it over to Mike. I just wanted to make some comments. First of all, we have done an awful lot of work upfront to define solutions clearly within our organization representing differentiated products, representing co-creation opportunities as well. So a very strict definition.
And today, based on that definition, it is not an insignificant quantity of our -- or an amount of our overall Texture & Healthful Solutions revenue today. So we're starting off of not an insignificant base and then enhancing it from a standpoint of how do we go to market. But Mike, why don't you take that and expand upon it from a standpoint of how we're approaching it.
So I think if you look at it in a few different areas. So first of all, solutions is our differentiated -- highly differentiated ingredients and they're technologies that bring significant value to our customers, and we are able to capture quite a bit of margin. That's the foundation, and we have a certain portfolio of these products.
Then we evolved a little bit to always try to bring some new stuff to the market. And so we have this innovation that has been launched within a 5-year period, where we're really trying to drive that to stay relevant with customers. So that's another element where again, we would have certain targets to commercialize that with customers every year. The next evolution, which we've gone through in the last couple of years, which also involves some acquisitions as we acquired some systems houses that enabled us to look beyond just what we have within our own portfolio to see if we can help customers to formulate more of recipe.
And so that's the customized formulation where it now is representing a bigger part of the solutions we bring to market.
The next kind of the last part of that is with these capabilities and being able to get deep consumer insights and understand consumer overall liking, which I know a number of other companies have also looked at that, but it's the piece where you start to connect that to texture preferences into ingredients and the AI predictive formulation to be able to come up with some of these recipes.
We are, at the moment, running pilots where we're testing to see how can we -- how quickly can we work with customers to come up with these recipes to launch success in the marketplace. And so we're finding it -- we're getting very positive feedback from customers.
There's different ways to monetize that. It could be as a consultancy service is one area that we can look at. Sometimes, it could also be not just the consultancy piece, but it could be tied into the sale of ingredients.
And so I keep saying this is kind of like the head of the spear, where we're beginning to see -- this is where we're really pioneering. Also, you're probably aware, a lot of companies are struggling to be relevant in their categories, and they're outsourcing more R&D. And so this is our opportunity to become that co-creation partner with them. And so we're trying to work out how much resources that require, how we have to scale with these predictive tools because it's very important that we can make sure we can do that in a very cost-effective way and also the rate of success and the speed to customers.
So we're still putting those pieces together. It's a bit too early before we want to commit ourselves too much on that. We really do feel we're at the forefront and being able to work with customers on this area is also enabling us to collect a lot of data to help our own innovation process.
And then you'll also hear from Mike Leonard about how we're going to be scaling that based on the work that we're doing on predictive formulation as well to help scale it without just incremental SG&A.
Charlie Rose, you're not -- your shareholder equation so far is not a very robust top line but you're sort of talking about predictability and sort of managing the business in a much more aggressive way to deal with positives and negatives you're taking out some volatility with respect to the commodity risk of the business.
Can you talk about -- are you trying to really talk about predictability and cash flow in a way that -- how does that relate to the shareholder equation that you're trying to deliver? I'm trying to understand that a little better because you're talking about a low single-digit top line and maybe that translates to a high single-digit bottom line. But does that involve volatility? Or does it involve more linearity going forward? And does the hedging process help that manage that volatility in a more constructive way. I'm trying to understand that.
Yes. So first of all, Jim -- okay. Yes. Thanks, Charlie. So Jim Gray is going to actually address that. He has a slide in his deck towards the close that addresses the top line growth issue. One of the things to highlight, for those of you that track us, obviously, is corn is a significant input. And so with corn costs coming down, say, 30%, there is that pass-through.
So naturally, our revenues would move consistent with that. The business model, though, that we have has proven that we're able to navigate increases and decreases in the movement of and yet we've continuously increased our operating income. As far as then how we're using the cash that we're operating at record levels of cash we're deploying that very, I think, strategically for the investments that we're talking about on how to continue to grow.
At the same time, yes, we have been communicating a message over the last few years in all of our earnings calls and at CAGNY about what we have done to reduce earnings volatility in the business. And that is through expanded hedging practices, which has been a big significant issue. It's one of the things I talked to Rob about in his oversight of the U.S./Canada business in relationship to the first Trump administration and what happened in relationship to co-product dislocations.
The work that we've done has really taken the risk and mitigate the risk associated with that. So we have systematically, not just in U.S., Canada, but looked at every corner of our business consciously because it was feedback we were getting from the investment community. I'm talking 5 to 7, 8 years ago about the earnings volatility and what can you do to mitigate it? So we've done that. And in addition, we manage the price movements because of the strength of our business model and how we hedge not just corn on the front end, but for the back end on coproducts.
You do. I think, Charlie, one of the things that we've seen as you looked at margin growth in texture and Health and LATAM, we've been able to stabilize and continue to grow that. I think in U.S., Canada, we call it the roller coaster, right, probably over the last 20 years of earnings. And a lot of that was related sometimes to the volatility or the hedging of not just the corn, but the raw materials or the coproducts.
And I think some of the things we put in place, there's still a little bit of noise. But instead of this, it's tighter like that. And that's actually delivered consistent earnings which I think is something Jim has mentioned that we need moving forward, specifically for the U.S. Canada, Food and Industrial Ingredients business. And we're kind of 3 years into that. And you can see we've had very healthy margin performance, and we're actually keeping the margins, which I think is something maybe different than from the past.
Okay. Let's take one more very quick question right here. Christina?
My question is for Rob on LATAM. So you talked about the GDP growth in the region. And we've had benefits in Mexico recently from the whole near-shoring trend, but that seems to be reversing now and also remittances down, which could be more of a structural issue. So just curious about the growth algo going forward since Mexico is such a big part of it and a profitable piece if we do see a slowdown in the Mexican economy?
I think it's a great question. I think with nearshoring coming out of COVID, a lot of companies did relocate their I still think, ultimately, at the end of the day, they are geographically positioned like no 1 else, right, to benefit from the trade across the border in many distant categories.
So I think over the long-term basis, we feel that Mexico from a GDP perspective, from a consumption perspective, in the proximity of the United States will continue to drive that growth. The good thing about LATAM, again, we have other options, right? So our Andean business has performed very well. Brazil has been facing some challenges economically, politically. So over the next few years, we may rely a little more on Brazil to deliver that OI growth going forward. But our forecast for Mexico continues to be very strong.
Like I mentioned, we're very uniquely positioned there in the marketplace. We've got a leading position and most of the competitor comes from sort of imports or exports from the United States down there as well. So maybe not quite as accelerated growth, but we're still very optimistic because of that population growth, GDP growth, that the growth of packaged foods in the region.
There are some issues with beer now, obviously, with immigration in the United States. So for example, Constellation Brands has come out to make public statements where they were growing 10% to 12% in the United States they dialed that back a little bit. But that will be a short-term fix, where domestically in Mexico, the rates of consumption are still very strong.
Okay. So at this point, let's take a quick 5-minute break, and then we'll come back in and continue the presentations.
[Break]
Welcome, Mike Leonard.
Well, good morning, everyone. My name is Mike Leonard. I'm the Chief Innovation Officer here at Ingredion -- and I know I'm a relatively new face to some members of this audience. So I'd like to take a moment just to introduce myself and my background.
I spent my whole career in the food industry about 22 years now. I'm trained as a chemist in a material scientist and plays into a lot of the texture themes that we'll talk about today. But I've spent my career mostly in larger B2B and CPG companies like IFF, DuPont, PepsiCo and Kraft Heinz before spending around 5 years in the food technology startup world, I was able to lead a company called
Motif FoodWorks in Boston, where I served as the CEO for 4 years. And then served as CEO of MycoTechnology in Denver, Colorado, focused on fermentation technology for alternative proteins. I've been at Ingredion for just about 1.5 years now.
And it's my privilege to be able to introduce you to our innovation agenda, building on a lot of the themes that you've heard earlier today. So let's get right to it. So the first thing I'd like to help you understand is that we've made some choices over the past year with respect to our innovation portfolio. And today, we're driving a very focused and targeted agenda that's focused on delivering growth in 3 key areas.
The first is texture. We're going to talk about that a lot today. The second is around clean label and helpful solutions; and the third is around functional ingredients for sustainable packaging. So it's taken several months to consolidate our resourcing and agenda to those 3 topics that we're driving very aggressively right now.
We're also making investments in establishing external partnerships to extend our capabilities in texture science, sugar reduction and protein technology, which I think we all understand represent significantly growing consumer benefit areas for our world and for our business in particular. And all of this is based on now over centuries and counting worth of data, a proprietary data which is the foundation of our new AI-assisted predictive formulation capabilities that we're building to co-create more effectively and efficiently with customers.
Now you've heard some examples of that already today. We'll go into a little more detail now. But this is really a foundational capability that without enough data and the right kind of data that links chemistry, structure and consumer liking. AI doesn't have much of a role to play. So thankfully, we have a lot of those data, which allows us to very effectively use AI as a development tool.
Let me tell you about our team. Our global R&D team comprises over 500 associates in 30 idea lab locations around the world. And we deliver $300 million in annual new product sales. Now to continue fueling that growth, we're investing 3% of our texture and helpful solutions sales and R&D to expand and protect our portfolio of over 1,000 ingredient solutions, and you heard Mike talk a lot about solutions this morning. Innovation is a key component to this.
Now we're focusing our investments on strengthening our most differentiated capabilities in texture science, product development and food design, think about customer-driven formulation expertise, which is enabled now with new AI tools and molecular discovery, which includes plant science and biotransformation. So some of you may remember, during Texture Day last November, we talked a lot about plant science and the role that our plant science program plays in developing new ingredients with new functionality and also improving operational efficiency.
And all of this is underpinned by our world-class capabilities and Process Innovation, Scientific and Regulatory Affairs, IP management and Open Innovation, which continue to provide a strong foundation for technology development and growth.
So coming from the startup ecosystem, having this sort of historical data at our fingertips combined with world-class organization and the types of capabilities that we're investing in here is really a rare combination. And we believe it's going to provide us with a competitive edge as we look to continue innovating in multiple categories. So let's talk about our innovation process. How do we come up with new ideas, how do we bring new ideas to market.
So the process starts with understanding the unmet needs of our consumers and our customers and their consumers to identify the most critical challenges to address and where innovation can be most impactful. So the most underrated question in business is defining what problem are we trying to solve. That's where our insights come into play, and it's the initial part of our process.
So we can then translate those needs into technical specifications and ingredient performance targets, which we deliver through our differentiated capabilities, including the foundational understanding we have on texture science, and emerging capabilities and biotransformation, data science and AI.
And now is where our customers come in. So with this deep understanding, we're able to co-create very effectively with our customers at our 30 Global Idea Labs locations to cocreate and scale up new solutions that deliver new benefits and consumer experiences in a margin-accretive way. And we're doing this even faster than we have before because of our new capabilities and predictive formulation.
And we do this repeatedly to drive commercial growth and ongoing investment in new technology. So the faster we can go through all these stages and with higher probability of success, the more success we're going to have in the marketplace, the more success our customers are going to have, the stickier innovation is going to be for them and the more benefits we can deliver.
So we're positioned to innovate and win across the 5 major food trends that Jim discussed earlier with scalable, on-trend ingredient solutions. We're addressing the growing demand for clean label options through functional and native clean label starches and multifunctional flowers. We're helping to manage volatility and supply chain risks through egg and cocoa replacement solutions.
We're capturing significant growth opportunities across sugar reduction by or stevia and Allulose businesses and through our protein fortification portfolio, which unlocks new benefits for plant protein enhanced beverages and nutritional bars and our soluble probiotic fibers and resistant starches provide clinically demonstrated metabolic and digestive health benefits, and we're continuing to explore new investments in this space.
Now we've said before that eating is simple, but food is complicated, and we talk about this idea of texture science and understanding structure. While to design great products, we need to understand the entire continuum of the eating experience. And it starts on the left-hand side of this chart with taste and texture. So what do you experience as a consumer when you take that first bite of a product? That sets the stage for a lot of things that come next in terms of your decision whether or not you like that product and whether you want to come back for more. So there's the first bite.
Then there's the complicated physics of chewing and moving that food around in your mouth and mixing with saliva that come into play. We call this oral processing, AKA chewing, but it's pretty complicated physics and we can measure it. Those physics are driven by how food is fundamentally structured all the way from the carbohydrates, proteins and fats, those molecules, how they organize themselves together, all the way to the sales structure that you observe when you cut a waffle in half or you bite into a snack product and you look at what's inside that structure is directly related to the chemistry and the molecular structure of the components, okay? So this is a hierarchy of structure is a hierarchy of physics, that we can understand because of our deep knowledge of texture and chemistry.
So understanding that continuum of the eating experience requires critical knowledge about how food is structured the physics of how it's consumed and how all of this drives consumer preferences. And we're investing in cutting-edge imaging and mechanical testing techniques to visualize and quantify that structure. It's one thing to look at pretty pictures and to sort of guess and check to see if you can design good products, but if you can quantify that structural information related to the chemistry that you can manipulate related to new characteristics and properties that we can create with ingredients and then relate that to what people like and come back for repeat purchase, then you've got a winning equation.
So we're establishing new capabilities and open innovation partnerships to understand how that structure impacts the eating experience and consumer preference. We're not trying to do this all by ourselves. Innovation is a team sport. We've got critical capabilities internally that we're investing in, but we're also very mindful of where we need to partner and extend those capabilities with academic partners and other innovation partners around the world.
And this is a particularly hot area for innovation right now. So I'd like to bring this to life with you -- to life for you with an example of how we're relating fundamental food structure to sensory performance and a high protein snack formulation. So product structure of morphology drives the eating experience. And we talked about Ingredion having tools to measure and optimize that performance.
So for applications like high-protein snacks, Balancing nutrition and texture is a significant challenge. So if anyone here is a high protein not consumer, you know that there's always a trade-off between getting the nutrition you want versus the eating experience that you might want in a perfect world. But at the texture is not amazing, people aren't going to come back for seconds, right? So how do you balance those things?
Well, it turns out the different formulations, different levels of protein versus carbohydrate result in different structures and consumer experiences. So the picture that we're showing in the center of this slide is actually tomography analysis. So think about X-rays being used to look at the internal structure of food. We can also do this as the food is deformed and moved around. I'll show you an example of that in a second. But being able to look inside a food structure at the fundamental way that these cells are organized, really helps us understand how our ingredients impact that structure. We can tie that all the way back to chemistry and ingredient design.
So the picture on the left is just a pea protein puff. The picture on the right is a pea and rice protein puff. You can see qualitatively, there are differences in the cell structure, wall thicknesses are different and the chemistry that goes into that structure is different. And we can use this imagery to understand differences in sensory and to relate it to what consumers experience.
So the pea protein product contains is significantly more crispy, aerie and less hard than pea and rice protein. So our sensory data tells us that we can relate it right back to structure. And then we can go back to the lab and optimize the formulation to try to tune the formulation to a point where the target texture is reached.
So we can use this technology to help us not just understand what consumers experience today, but to help inform future ingredient design. So I want to show you some examples of what this looks like and how we actually test the product. So you can see the puff on the left-hand side, that's what the product looks like when you take it out of the bag and just about to put it into your mouth.
What you're seeing on the right is a computed tomography video, which we'll show in a second, of the internal sales structure of that puff, okay? So these are x-rays looking inside the product, and we can see how that product breaks down under compression.
So this simulates first bite. It's actually really important to know how food is broken down. It's just as important as knowing how to build food up in a formulation because this has everything to do with setting your initial impression of texture and liking.
Okay. So doing those kind of experiments over and over again with different formulations gives us a lot of insight into food structure and eventually food design. This is now a video of a multi role that we've developed in our lab. It's 1 formulation, and it's also a tomography video using X-rays looking through a product at a cross-section of a multi role as it's developing, and we can watch the cell structure develop in real time.
Now that cell structure is fundamental to the eating experience. And you can see in this case, we have big voids that are formed in the product. We can adjust the formulation to where those voids don't form or we can create even bigger ones if we want to create that crispy shell with a very sort of pop over type interior. But without the ability to visualize and quantify what happens on the inside of the product as it's baking, we're pretty much guessing and checking, which is what a lot of food science has been based on over the past several decades.
So this is a very powerful tool to help us understand what's actually going on with the fundamental structure of food as we're preparing it. And we can also look on the exterior of this multi role, and we can see how the crust develops while the interior is developing, okay? So this uses the same tomography technique. And it looks like you look through the window and you're oven, well, this is kind of what I see. Well, with this type of image, we can actually quantify it it's digitized, we can get real data from this that tell us a lot about the texture of that crust and the eventual performance of that cross and sensory applications.
So this is a new technique that we've just brought online in the past year and we're generating a ton of data, day in, day out about all sorts of different formulations perform and linking that to sensory performance. So of course, protein isn't just for snacks.
The plant protein-fortified beverage category is growing at a very attractive rate as all of you know, and will continue to be on trend in both ready-to-drink and ready-to-mix formats. Now if you consume plant-based protein beverages like I do, you understand the trade-offs, you often have to accept in order to hit your macros, you'd like to have an experience similar to dairy you'll tolerate some element of greediness and pain to get the nutrition you need. But as products get better and better, that tolerance is getting lower and lower. And consumers, like we expect a lot more of high protein beverages. And I want the plant-based experience.
So we've been able to create a protein able to balance that trade-off a lot better than we've ever been able to do in the past. So through our knowledge of protein processing and texture science, we developed a unique solution to that challenge called VITESSENCE 200D. Now this is a product that delivers excellent solubility, smooth texture and neutral flavor, which allows our customers to have a blank canvas for formulation for high-protein, plant-based beverages everywhere.
And we had tremendous success with this. It's one of our newest, most successful products. But again, it leverages the combination of know-how for ingredient design plus know-how of texture and how that relates to consumer liking. We've talked a bit about our predictive formulation and how we're leveraging that with customers to accelerate product development, and to increase the probability of success of their launches. And this is related to our co-creation trend.
Today, customers are expecting more from their suppliers than they ever have before. That includes us. They're looking to us to provide complete solutions end to end from consumer insight all the way through how do I scale a product up in my facility with my unique process requirements. So that knowledge, it's now incumbent on us, come to the table with customers with that knowledge.
By the way, you have to do it at least 50% faster than you've done it in the past because our brand strategy requires fast innovation and high levels of growth, okay? So that's what this is all about.
And again, that ton of potential or proprietary data that we have, we're generating more and more every day across all categories, helps us to relate chemistry food structure and liking. And we're leveraging those data with new AI-assisted formulation tools to deliver these winning formulations and less time with a lot less iteration on the bench. So we have scientists that are now doing other things than developing formulations and cranking through experimental designs and iterative formulation manually.
So we've launched this as a consulting service this year in a pilot format. We'll be launching globally next year. And as Mike said earlier, we're very interested to see what potential this capability can have from a consulting perspective.
Last example I'll talk about is in the industrial space around molded fiber packaging. So sustainability is a critical driver for a lot of our customers, and we as a scale supplier in this industry have an obligation to help provide solutions to improve sustainability. One area we'll focus on, in addition to the PFAS reduction project Rob talked about is around molded fiber packaging. So one of the challenges around this packaging, which you've probably seen, especially here in Manhattan, if you're out and going to restaurants.
Fiber packaging is becoming more and more common, but it's got its own challenges in terms of manufacturing cost, weight of materials and also the sustainability of additives that have to go into that material to make it stronger and perform better.
So we've developed a range of plant-based biodegradable binders for use in existing operations, so our customers don't need to change their manufacturing footprint, don't need to change the way they formulate. That improves fiber-to-fiber retention, the cohesiveness of the material, improves bonding in parts greater rigidity and internal strength and enables light-weighting of the material.
So at the end of the day, we can eliminate the use of synthetic additives, we can expand the size of the addressable market for these products and enable real end-of-life claims that are meaningful in terms of biodegradability, recyclability and compostability. So as you've seen, our innovation priorities are well aligned with growing sources of demand and our sustainability drivers.
Hopefully, you've taken away that we're focused on clean label and fully functional ingredients, developing new and preferred textures with our vast knowledge of texture science and data. And we're doing all this in a way that's better for the world, better for the planet and better for nutrition.
So as I wrap up here, I just wanted to reiterate that we focused our agenda from an innovation perspective around 3 key themes. Number 1 is texture. Number 2 is around clean label and healthful solutions and then functional ingredients for sustainable packaging. And the investments that we're making in texture science, sugar reduction and protein technology are really on trend and represent growing consumer benefit areas that are worth investing more in.
And all this is underpinned by over a century's worth of data that we keep adding to every day that we can now operate on with our AI predictive formulation tools to make co-creation process even more effective and faster for our customers. So thanks for your attention.
And with that, I'll hand over to Jim Gray, our CFO.
Thanks, Mike. So it's kind of easy to see why the innovation is our second strategic pillar and priority as we go forward. It's also pretty hard to follow, Mike. I hope what you do is take away that the -- what each of our segment leaders are finding in their business are where is the growth opportunities, both today as well as tomorrow. And I'll talk a little bit about how we're investing to stay ahead of that curve.
But also, I hope you take away that there's a medium to longer-term possibility as we look at this space in Texture and Healthful Solutions, a $20 billion addressable market. And you think about what Mike Leonard and his team are doing to be able to say "Hey, where has texture failed today? And where can we actually make texture as a part of taste, more successful for our customers in any part of the globe. "
And I think that, that is fuel and upside as we think about our top line. So I'm going to want you to kind of consider our business model in that it's quite resilient to both uncontrollable and unexpected changes in the global agricultural supply as well as the fact that we actually do business in many, many countries.
And those countries can have at any moment in time, a wide range of economic growth or recession or stability. From time to time, we're going to face headwinds and challenges, but with time, we kind of overcome those challenges and prove that we can actually grow the business. I'll tie together the growth opportunities I mentioned previously by my peers.
And then I'll tie that to our long-term financial outlook and then also share a few more comments on efficiency. And then finally, I'll talk about the balance sheet and our capital allocation priorities to drive shareholder return. So in the fall of 2021, we put forth our last long-term financial outlook. And as you can see by the check marks and the pluses we really exceeded our targets despite the fact that we had a global supply chain crunch in 2021, the invasion of Ukraine and the subsequent run-up in the global inflation of the cost of corn, as well as then customer destocking in 2023 and 2024.
And while we faced these challenges the whole time we were repositioning the product portfolio, and building organizational capabilities to address changes in our business environment. 14% average annual operating income growth has been driven in part by the growth in the markets in which we compete, but also by building new capabilities to better manage revenue development and cost containment. Many of those have been commented by Jim and my peers today.
One of those is we invested in pricing centers of excellence. We've talked about hedging tools. Eric has led both supply chain as well as procurement teams to really build out these teams so that we can manage the business more consistently. So if we look back to 2022, Ingredion's profit, cash generation and ROIC figures have all increased. And now you can say, well, wait a minute, Jim, net sales have gone down, which does that foot with the growth model.
But so for some of you listening to our story, who may be new, our pricing practices to customers generally reflect up and down movements in the value of the underlying raw materials such as corn and tapioca. And I'll call out here just on the bottom left that over this short time period, corn values decreased about 30%. So clearly, sales then go down 30%.
In addition, in 2024, is reflecting the sale of our Korea business. So that's kind of taking away from sales in 2024. So what we do, given everything is moving in the raw material market, we have this very agile revenue generation model with our customers, we're very straightforward with our customers about changes in our costs.
Internally, we really strive to manage gross profit dollars per ton, and we watch gross margins carefully as a metric for overall customer and product portfolio potential.
In some of the profit improvement over the last 3 years has really been driven by the team's efforts towards operational excellence. I mean I think you've heard a lot about that today. But what our operations team has done is taken an owner's mindset to continually find cost savings to offset inflation.
At the same time, they're improving service delivery. You heard Jim talk about perfect order as well as, as we continue to invest reliability capital, we're upgrading and optimizing capacity, which then pushes out capital investment. So about 3 years ago, we led the centralization and expansion of our global procurement team. And those efforts today are contributing tens of millions of dollars of savings to offset inflation and drive what we call Net Structural Savings.
And so Net Structural Savings, Eric's team has implemented this throughout the company globally. Finance separately tracks it. And basically, what we're doing is very much trying to say if we have inflation in our non-raw material COGS, how are we doing our best to try and offset that and level that.
We also believe that investing in the capability during normal business environments, enables actually more resilient performance when the business environment proves to be more challenging. Right? When the business environment becomes more challenging, that's not the time to say, "Oh my gosh, we need to do cost cutting. " You need to actually do the cost cutting now as reflected in our Cost Smart program, which we will exceed our $50 million run rate savings target.
And most of that savings in 2025 will come from our supply chain and operations team. But you need to be thinking about all the time about how you can reengineer your business and make it more resilient and lower cost when both business is good as well as when business becomes more challenging.
So we're going to -- you're going to see us continue to invest in digital solutions through AI, we're going to be thinking about enterprise productivity because AI is not just a tool, AI is you have to step back and think about the entire process. Where is the information coming in? Where is it being converted? Who's touching it, who's making decisions? And can you actually significantly shorten and/or accelerate that process, therefore, using less organization resources.
We believe this combination of focus on growth and pursuing operational excellence leads to strong financial results versus our peers, we've delivered a better net sales change, we've expanded margins, and we've grown EBITDA more. And on a comparable valuation measure, our stock trades just above maybe 8x enterprise value EBITDA based on trailing 12 months in 2024. I'd highlight maybe that this is slightly lower than that peer comparison, which I believe invites a further look into what we offer as a company.
Looking forward for the next 3 years, we anticipate low single-digit net sales growth and adjusted operating income growth in the 5% to 7% range. Although our forward growth outlook is not 14%, which we have stated was partially driven by capability building. We have confidence in the growth investments that we have already started, which will commission in '26 and '27.
So let me take a minute to expand on assumptions in our outlook. We hold corn cost constant. We also hold pricing constant, and we hold FX constant. So right now, even though I may be able to look at a '26 futures curve for corn, when we plan '26 and '27 in our outlook, we're holding that constant today to '25 levels -- to '25 levels.
And that's important because, therefore, then the change in the improvement that you see in the overall algorithm, the outlook is actually driven by continued upgrading of the products that are in our portfolio and continuing to work with those customers, the value innovation that are going to value the solutions that we bring in the future.
On an adjusted EPS basis, we have assumed repurchase on a kind of historical average over the last 4 years. The business generates enough cash that we should be looking forward and assuming that, and you should be assuming that we'll be disciplined in least repurchasing shares.
So maybe then to address what potential risks are out there.
So our outlook incorporates tariff changes that we've seen thus far in Q2 -- through Q2 2025. And we've noted that in the vast majority of our business is actually made locally and sold locally. So our geographic diversification has turned out to be a benefit in that we really aren't exposed as much to tariffs.
But we can't anticipate kind of further tariff changes or revisions to trade agreements over the next 3 years. So we're kind of watchful of those developments through specific U.S. country pairs. And those actually may create oftentimes everybody talks about risks, but we also see opportunities as well because some of our global competitors manufacturing footprint isn't the same as ours. And so we're watchful both of, is it a risk? Is it an opportunity? to whether our trade volumes are pricing and our margins.
So Ingredion's free cash flow generation runs about 50% to 60% in that range on average over a period of 2 to 3 years. And I'd like to call that out because it's really kind of a global corn cycle, so corn price fluctuations really depend on both on really the size of the U.S. and the Brazilian crops. And those may take 1 to 2 years to rebalance. So we may see corn rise up, corn may come back down. And over that time, we have to invest our working capital or we're going to get cash generation from our working capital.
So it's really mostly if you look at our balance sheets, either in receivables, as we're passing through a higher price or lower priced product to our customers or the value of our inventory, which is generally finished goods inventory value.
So that moves up or down with corn values. And so in 2024 as corn values decrease, our net working capital change generated excess cash flow and enabling a significant buildup of cash. And currently, our balance sheet, we have really no commercial paper outstanding. And really only long-term debt. We are comfortable with a long-term debt-to-EBITDA ratio of greater than 2x. And I would say that we have credit worthiness, capacity up to kind of 3.5x, if an M&A did present itself, and we thought, boy, this is strategically right, and this is also the kind of the right type of financial return for our shareholders.
Our capital allocation priorities are balanced between high-return growth opportunities and returning value to shareholders. So our first priority for many of the past years has been organic growth investment to ensure that we have the capacity to serve future customer demand.
Why we like organic growth? One, we usually know the plants and the people and the place where we're adding capacity. So it tends to be lower risk. It also tends to be supporting capacity on a business that we already have a customer base. And so we tend to see really high returns on organic growth investment.
And then just as an aside, in the food ingredient space and the pharma ingredient space, when customers select a supplier, they have an expectation of quality, availability, delivery service and value to meet their 24/7 demand requirements. So those requirements often lead to a very low turnover of customer buying in our industry.
Once they've sourced your plant, that is generally the habituation you see in the buying. And so therefore, organic growth investments for us lead to kind of deeper supply relationships with customers, maybe adding new customers. But when we add those customers, they tend to be pretty sticky.
Also, we always look at M&A. I'll speak to it in a minute, but we're actually looking at it so that it's accretive to our strategic growth.
And then finally, in terms of returning capital to shareholders, it's an equally important priority, we do have a very consistent dividend, and we've been able to grow that dividend over the last 10-plus years. And then we look at share repurchases as opportunistic relative to both market volatility and and our mid- to long-term view of the value of our business.
We're always running a DCF, we have an intrinsic value, and we're going to look at the stock price relative to what we believe is the future growth where we know we're investing capital where we have high confidence that our profit is going to grow in certain countries, in certain products. And so we actually look at share repurchase, not on a kind of mechanistic basis. We're going to look at it opportunistically.
We take a strategic and disciplined approach to M&A.
I think maybe first to recognize is that the global ingredients and solutions industry is not fragmented. There's not a lot of little roll-up opportunities. For those opportunities in our pipeline, we're going to first have, I'm going to say, the commercial and the general management leadership take a view that it's strategic.
How does this capability add to what we want to do and what our market position is and texture and helpful, how can it have kind of a multiplicative effect on our competitive position.
And then we look at a disciplined financial approach. I believe we've demonstrated success in the past in finding synergies and and executing on the integration plans. I really think that's Ingredion's powerhouse is that we plan the business. We know what we're going to do for the first, second and third year. Different functions have to come into place once we've actually acquired a company and brought it into our culture, into our business.
We target a return by year 3 of at least a 10% ROIC, so that includes at least some time for synergies to develop, but it's not so far out that you can't hold us accountable for how did that M&A perform. We also look at a variety of other financial KPIs, but I think an ROIC relative to our WACC does indicate that we're going to seek economically value-creating opportunities, even though our ROIC today is more in the kind of 14% range.
If we can deploy capital and we know that it's going to be deep in our strategic competitive moat and it's also going to return value to shareholders. We think that those are really good opportunities.
And finally, I think we have a consistent track record of returning capital to shareholders. So as I mentioned, first, growing operating income is the best way to create future shareholder value. Just driving up consistent op income being disciplined about adjusted EPS growth turns out that I think that's what has driven the performance in the last 5 years.
Jim and I can limit together on our multiple, but we're going to stay very focused on the top line, growing adjusted op income and being disciplined in our fiscal policy. We're going to return part of our cash each year through a dividend. And then finally, as I mentioned, we'll pursue share repurchase, but we've been quite consistent in the last 4 years in share repurchases.
And so with that, I will thank you for your time. I'll hand back off to Jim to wrap this up.
Thank you, Jim. Okay. We're at that moment where we're at the end of the presentation, and we're going to get ready for the Q&A, I just wanted to thank you again for your attention. And hopefully, what you've heard not just with the messages that we've delivered about the transformation and about how balanced and how strong of a company that we are, but how well positioned we are also for the future. And we think that all makes for a very compelling investment thesis.
And specifically, it's because of who we are in the market, we're a market-leading again, very diversified geographically diversified with customers as well as with our product lines and are increasingly positioning ourselves to engage with customers providing solutions. And those solutions will, we believe, drive higher rates of growth as well as higher margins over time.
And we're a very, very trusted and well-established supplier to a growing global customer base. As Jim just described, we're in a very strong position right now financially from a standpoint of the strength of our balance sheet as well as the performance that we've delivered in the last 3 years. And we have generated, which is a sign of any great company, a consistent and increasing amount of cash flow. And we believe that is insulated by the business model stability that we've described across all 3 segments and the competitive moat, which we believe we have deepened over these last 3 years.
And I think we've also proven that when interest rates were extremely low, a lot of companies chased M&A at multiples that have since come down. And now they have faced a higher interest rate environment, where we've stayed very disciplined, found opportunities to invest organically with target disciplined hurdle rates, and that's all driven improved shareholder returns.
And then in addition, we have a very experienced and deep leadership team and not just at the leadership level but below that, our culture, I think, is something that really has sustained us. We have great values, a great purpose, and we always lead with integrity. And that's another reason why I think Ingredion is a great investment of choice.
So with that, I'm going to turn it over to Noah and Noah is going to moderate all of you, and then I'll field the questions, and we're going to ask everybody to come on up right now to take the Q&A. I'll sit next to Jim.
Okay. As we're getting situated up here, we'll have about 30 minutes for the Q&A. So I think we could probably get to everybody. And if we have time, we'll go around for another one. So we'll start off now.
I'm just wondering with the focus on innovation R&D that you discussed before. Have you set any specific financial targets, metrics or benchmarks for your R&D investments and is there any, for example, compensation scheme tied to that?
Yes. Let me turn it over to Mike.
Yes. So we do set targets internally for annual new product revenue from revenue from new products, and that's built into our annual bonus scheme. So there are components of our compensation that are based on our ability to deliver against top line growth from innovation.
We also benchmarked the organization against the competitive landscape in our peer set in terms of project cycle time, how quickly can we develop new products, how quickly can we be ready for product launches 2, 3 years in the future? So readiness targets. Plus we also have a stage gate process that helps us to manage risk and spending as we run projects. So all the metrics you'd expect from a R&D organization for a company like Ingredion, we have in place.
But top line growth is a key part of our incentive scheme, not just for the innovation team per se, but also as part of our go-to-market teams incentives as well. So we're all working together.
And also, obviously, solutions, right?
Correct.
We're going to be measuring and we are measuring solutions because we have that definition -- strict definition and then from a standpoint of building that into incentivization, Jim is working on the governance, the financial governance model, which we, by the way, had in place for specialties.
For those of you that have covered us for a long time. We went back from 2009 to 5% specialties to, I think, 34% before we transition to the resegmentation and that was a strict governance process that Jim had in place to track it, and we had incentivization in place for that. We're evolving now for the same for solutions selling and what constitutes solutions.
If I could just remind everybody, if you could just state your name and your company, just for the record, it would be great.
Just following up a little bit on the capital flexibility and the opportunities of growth. So if we take a look at your balance sheet and you've highlighted very low leverage ratio with a target that is higher.
And at the same time, obviously, the growth opportunities within Texture and Healthful Solutions. So just wondering as you look into the balance between M&A or organic growth investments into TNH, just given the flexibility of the balance sheet, how could you potentially accelerate some of the growth in DNH using just the strength of the balance sheet being M&A or investment.
Yes. Well, I think it's a great question because we've often thought about our capital budget and we've highlighted that we'd like to put about $80 million to $100 million a year towards organic growth opportunities and that tends to be kind of a nice pace for setting up the type of growth that we're looking for and really texture solutions part of the business.
But please understand, we may have a lot of discretion and flexibility, right? If we found it like we had 2, 3, 4 plant investment opportunities, and they were going to overlap, then we'll come back and say, "Hey, we're changing our growth investment pace" and we'll reflect that in terms of how we're thinking about tapping the balance sheet and/or actually the cash flow generation. So I think organic growth, we really shouldn't be kind of constrained by necessarily what's on the balance sheet. It's really actually do we have the people to actually make sure that we're building the type of asset that we want with the right type of process if we have partners involved with the right type of partner structure.
Maybe on the M&A side, to the extent that we actually see that we have M&A, particularly in either Texture Solutions or Healthful Solutions that can actually accelerate kind of the strategic position that we want to be in. I think we've always said that we'll take that approach. But even more so now as we've -- I think, really tightened our portfolio. We're seeing those opportunities in that broader space of Texture and Healthful Solutions, that $20 billion market. That's probably our first priority.
Yes. I would say we're opening up the aperture as it relates to all the things that can influence texture beyond starch and hydrocolloids because we see trends towards obviously clean label ingredients, process technologies.
So our aperture as it relates to how do we become that comprehensive go-to provider for enabling texture solutions, along with the fundamental understandings of the why behind it, which Mike talked so well about that will also come into the consideration set for M&A, for example. So hopefully, that gives you a good feeling for where we're looking at deploying our balance sheet for growth through M&A.
Kristen Owen from Oppenheimer. I wanted to ask about your other portfolio because you've called out both protein fortification and sugar reduction in your texture opportunity set previously, I think we had a target where we were looking at breakeven profitability in that other segment.
Just wondering how should we think about the growth of that other segment as it relates to the solution set for protein fortification and sugar reduction.
Let me ask Jim to just first remind everybody about what other is comprised of and how that's evolving and then we can maybe have Mike talk about what's happening in protein and maybe Rob can talk about sugar reduction. So why don't you frame it first?
Right. So I mean all other grouping of our reporting is our Pakistan business in which we own 70%. It's our protein fortification and it's our sugar reduction business, which is primarily PureCircle. And I think over the medium term, each of those businesses are both growing and kind of improving the overall bottom line. And so we just -- as we look forward, right now, I think we have some guidance that we're trying to get to breakeven.
So continuing to lessen the loss on the protein fortification, growing both the top line on both the protein fortification and the sugar reduction businesses significantly and then having our normal kind of expectations for our Pakistan business, maybe turn it over...
So there's been significant improvements in the last couple of years in our protein fortification business, which Jim's right to highlight because we have highlighted it publicly, that it has been loss-making.
That being said, we're mitigating the loss each year, each successive year. And Mike, under his leadership, really has driven a lot of the R&D innovation the preferred products. But why don't you talk a little bit about the growth that you're seeing, the pipeline that you're seeing and how the R&D pipeline is looking there?
Sure. Well, there are significant tailwinds behind protein fortification as a category. And we're enjoying the benefits of that. We've grown the business significantly over the past 2 years and have taken advantage of the capacity we have.
So we have better fixed cost absorption, terrific top line growth and we believe that protein fortification in conjunction with other elements of our portfolio like sugar reduction and the texture portfolio, will continue to represent a pretty strong area for growth for consumers. We don't think that the demand for balanced nutrition and especially focus on protein is going to wane anytime soon.
So we talked about 200D as an example of innovation in this space. Again, it's our newest product and has really exceeded our expectations less than a year after introduction. And we're continuing to look for ways to diversify that pipeline to address consumer needs that balance nutrition and texture because again, the biggest challenge with a lot of these products, if you want to put a meaningful amount of protein and nutrition a relevant amount of protein in these products, how do you maintain that desirable texture while you fortify and we're making significant advancements in that space.
But we've been very happy with the growth that we've seen and are doing our best to keep up with demand at this point.
I think sports nutrition, meal replacement, the GLP-1 diets that are driving the protein fortification all very positive. Rob, why don't you take sugar reduction in what we're seeing there.
Yes. I would just say, first of all, from that, from a trend perspective, it is truly global, right? You think about -- I mentioned even LATAM, front-of-pack labeling added sugar. So it's a global trend. And I think to Jim Gray's point, it's in an accelerated growth period. So we're over investing in people, resources R&D and actually products as we go forward.
When you think about our portfolio today, as mentioned, we're the largest TV producer in the world, our allulose investment, look at fiber. And the beauty of it is when you take sugar out of a product, Typically, if you replace it with a high-intensity natural sweetener, there's a piece of that that's missing, right? And that's a texture build back. So it's a beautiful combination with Texture. You pull something out, we deliver the sweetness in a natural format.
We build back the Texture with our other portfolios including potential new fibers as well. So we're very excited about the growth of that. The trend will continue, and I think we're positioned in the next 3 to 5 years to capture that trend and truly be the leader in global sugar reduction from food ingredients and solutions point of view.
I think as Rob just said, when you replace sugar, obviously, you need the high-intensity natural sweetness to build back and replace the sugar, but also you need the mouth feel. And that's where the synergies between us being a texturizing company as well as having the high-intensity natural sweetness is very synergistic.
James Cannon, UBS. I just wanted to ask on the innovation platform as you try and move that to more of the innovation as a service, consultancy format. What do you think differentiates your platform from any of your competitors? And maybe on the M&A front, is there anything in the portfolio that you could specifically call out that you could stand to bolster through the M&A market.
So what I ask Mike O'Riordan to take that from a standpoint of how we're approaching that, that is different from others and different this time for us as well.
So I think some of the competencies that we have that would differentiate us from some of the others is in the area of clean label, deep expertise in that area. I think we've also built over a number of years, a very deep understanding of consumer insights. And our ability, and we've been analyzing that for some time on the consumer liking and linking that back to our Texture.
I think we're pretty advanced in that area. And now we're obviously looking to scale with some of these AI tools. So this gives us the right, I think, and we got to respect to the industry to really go out and work closely with a number of customers.
And customers are coming to us as that go-to provider to look for some support in launching their products. And we've had -- we've run some pilots already, and we've had some very, very positive feedback in our ability to significantly reduce the launch time.
What happens to traditionally, companies do outsource the early stage of launches, but where it fails very often is scaling it up industrially. And so companies come with a nice prototype but to actually scale it up in the affordability of industrial ingredients to actually bring something successfully to the market, that's where sometimes it falls down.
And we had that expertise along the entire value chain. And so the probability of launching something successfully in the marketplace is increased because of that competency. So we've done pilots. We're piloting around the world. We've started in the U.S. We're now looking at some other markets. Sometimes the needs and markets are different. And so we're just taking it step-by-step to see how do we get the balance right in terms of being able to scale it correctly.
And then what's the best way to monetize it, always thinking in the mind of the customer, why it creates value for them and why they're going back to us time after time so that there's -- it's a win-win for both the customer and ourselves.
Yes. It's -- I want to be clear, it's not all contingent upon the service model. The service model is one complementary aspect to the overall solution selling. And I would say what's differentiating us today is the amount of training that we've put in place with the go-to-market teams globally and how they need to pass a certain level of proficiency in relationship to a solution-selling certification.
So we actually have -- the person that I was telling you about the reports to Nancy who's been leading this for us, has developed a whole certification process for proficiency and how to actually sell solutions. So we've invested deeply in that and there's role playing with customers. There's what's called a digital brief that you guys could probably do better justice than me as to what constitutes that.
But Mike Leonard said something very profound actually during his presentation. I'm going to ask you to say it again, because you're going to be able to say it better than I can. And that is in R&D, one of the most important but most difficult things is upfront, defining the problem -- the problem to solve.
And so we've put a lot of work in that digital brief upfront part of making sure our go-to-market teams understand how to engage a customer to not just try to bring a solution upfront but to define the problem upfront so that we can deliver and design the right solution. So there's all of that that I think we're 18 months into this, and we're feeling very good about what we see then this service model is something that, to be quite frank, we didn't know -- don't know exactly how big it could be or what it will contribute. We think there's going to be a high percentage where we're going to get the ingredient sale along with it, of course. We're not actually holding customers' hands to that.
But there's a fee-for-service that will compensate us, make us completely whole and maybe some other things that they're willing to do in response to speed and also probabilities of success. So we're very excited. This has also unleashed a lot of excitement in our go-to-market teams as well on the way they sell.
Pooran Sharma from Stephens. Just wanted to revisit the comment about kind of shifting away from HFCS over time and finding other uses for the grind. I believe you mentioned there -- your paper-making kind of sustainable packaging. And so I was just wondering, a, over the intermediate and longer term, what do you think that mix can get to? I'm looking at Page 8 on the deck, and I think 2024 revenue had about 19% industrial applications.
So I was just wondering, as we think intermediate term, longer term, how much further can that go up?
And then -- and b, as I think about the margin potential of these products, I know Texture and Healthful Solutions have margins that are twice that of core? How should I think about the industrial applications and these sustainable packaging margin.
Let me have both Rob and then Jim Gray tag team on this one. But let's have Rob go first. And then Jim, you can...
I'll say initially, as we've mentioned, it's approximately 10% just slightly under that in terms of total revenue today. Maybe the history, Jim, you can comment, but it was probably a lot higher than that 5 to 10 years ago.
So over time, as that demand has shifted away from high fructose, we've pivoted towards, as you've mentioned, and industrial applications in starts, so we can use that stream to make more. We just made an investment in Cedar Rapids for $50 million to put in another starch drier.
But also the other opportunity there is around liquid dextrose. So instead of making that fructose product we'll use that and Mike's working on a fermentation strategy in that space as well, enzyme manufacturing, green chemicals. So those things are happening well. So as I said, it's not been a black swan event where it's dropped 30%. It's kind of been this 1% to 2%.
And I think for ourselves, this focus and pivot of keeping our plants full. From a profit point of view, if you saw, though, the mix, the margins are very healthy right now in our U.S./Canada business, right? So they're not double -- kind of a double below where maybe T&HS as well. So we're at some fairly profitable level. So the idea is to perhaps replace that, but have it on more of a consistent basis, right, in a growth category.
So I don't think we're looking to double the margins in that particular space. But if we can find opportunities to sell those products at similar margins consistently. And a lot of those deals too are long-term deals, we may be co-locating as well and provide that predictability, which I think, again, is very important from an investment point of view.
So Rob, obviously, to answer the question, we're obviously trying to control what we can control to mitigate our own exposure over time to that. But Rob also said something during his presentation that I want him to repeat in regards to what we see also happening in the industry that also sees the same challenge. And some of the steps that are being taken. So you mentioned, for example, the [ Sustania ] investment and just give them a feel for size of how significant when and if that materializes and we understand it is progressing, but what that does to the industry as well.
Yes. If you think about that opportunity, which we participated in the evaluation of our own [ biomag ] which is to make plastic bottles and things like that, it was approximately GBP 800 million to GBP 1 billion, right, which, depending on who you talk to, it could be 3% to 5% of the full industry with what we've seen longer-term plans to double or triple that size, so when you think about, hey, a 1% to 2% reduction, as I said, it's not necessarily about closing any plants, it's about what can you do with your plan -- and those opportunities are real.
And moving forward, these co-locations, where they're tapping into efficiency, energy, water and all those things, and you're going to supply a pipeline over them to make these products. So if that demand continues, which we think it will, we think that we can offset the potential reduction in HFCS, along with some of the other things, like we mentioned industrial, but also on the food products like glucose. It's actually not shrinking, right? It's doing very well in the marketplace as well. So we feel comfortable about keeping that supply-demand balance.
The other one portion you mentioned around margins as well. These are usually big fixed cost absorptions. Our plants are pretty big. So we need to maintain that level to keep our cost level at the same level as we make other products in those place as well.
And the other thing, and I'm going to put Rob again on the spot. The other thing is all of us are obviously most familiar with the big kerfuffle in relationship to the Coke situation with HFCS, right? Coke handle situation, we thought extremely well with the statement that they then issued in relationship to HFCS obviously being safe, a very important and affordable economic ingredient as well.
And Rob, you're very familiar, just explain the outlook for HFCS from a standpoint of how established it is and what your sensing is in relationship to the threat of sugar from a standpoint...
It's obviously a very large market for the industry here in the United States and Canada and for Mexico as well. I know there's this portion that, hey, refined sugars used in Mexico, they actually use HFCS and their products down there as well.
I think as it goes forward, I don't think there's intention to move away from High Fructose Corn Syrup. Pepsi has tried this. Coke is done. It's kind of a niche product. And theoretically, there's just not enough refined sugar to ever come close to replacing High Fructose Corn Syrup. In fact, you would probably have to go and import sugar from Brazil, which now is a 50% import tariff and you're actually going to hurt U.S. farmers, right? So you think about that balance as well.
Corn growing in the Midwest used by our industry and the production of those products, it wouldn't make sense to replace that with of fine sugar as well. So there's not only a maybe a theoretical approach, but there's also an economic and what is actually available approach to replace that products.
So again, we monitor it very carefully. Consumer preference drives that. But again, I think I feel very confident about what we're doing within Ingredion's control to make sure that our plants are full and looking at those pockets of growth in the industry.
Heather Jones from Heather Jones Research. I wanted to ask a clarifying question on assumptions for the top line. So you had mentioned that you're holding price flat. So that 2% to 4% do you have a rough idea of how much of that is volume versus upgrades and the visibility into the upgrade side.
And then you said you're not assuming any economic weakness. And so there are some economies out there that are obviously struggling right now. Are you assuming a recovery to normal? Are you assuming what we have today is status quo for your assumptions?
Maybe I'll take the first. So with regard to -- I think it's probably most relevant within Texture and Healthful because that's the biggest growth the underlying markets that Mike and the team are competing in, from a volume basis, those are probably 2% to 2.5%, 3% type of volume growth. So one, there tends to be a skew towards populations in the world that are both larger as well as growing faster.
Two, there's also a skew towards younger populations. Rob has highlighted those, but also across Asia, across Africa and some of the Middle East. Where you have younger populations and kind of rising household incomes, which tends to drive demand for packaged foods. So the 2 big drivers there, probably, that's probably 2.5-or-so percent.
And then the rest is really driven by upgrade, right? So just as Mike mentioned, hey, if we're going to sell more clean label. Clean label is a higher price per ton to our customers than say, a PO waxy starch versus an oscillated starch versus a native food starch.
And so what we see, whether it's in developed countries, pulling even more functional products that have to abide by wellness and labeling and a lot of the trends that Mike and Jim highlighted or we just see greater functionality moving from just a native food starch, doesn't have a lot of functionality. It's affordable, but it doesn't have a lot of functionality. And we move to that first modified level, we really see an uptick in terms of the value that the customers demand.
And so that's -- that's really that mix as we see that country by country, product line by product line, that's really driving...
Yes, sure. So the other thing we can do, and I think you referred to that is we're able to correlate our pipeline to future outlook in terms of what we think. So I think in the 4% to 6% range for Texture & Healthful Solutions, we're pretty confident looking at the pipeline, just like you said, Jim, in terms of what percentage of that is due to market growth and reformulation, probably around 3%, 1% of it is coming from the innovation. 1% is coming through market penetration. So we are pretty confident when we look at that pipeline, being able to grow at those certain levels.
Yes. The only other thing that I would say is obviously, in the near term, we're all observing what the unknown impacts of tariffs might be. I don't think the full effect of that has made its way through the economy at large.
So always, there's going to be some short-term watch out. But long term, we feel the market positions that we have how we're positioned, the competitive advantage and our strategy and our ability to execute and how we view the trends and how we're positioned, we feel very confident long term in relationship to our ability to deliver on the growth targets.
Yes. And then maybe the second half of that question though was kind of which economies around the world and where they're at. I think someone asked a little bit about Mexico. Right now, we're just -- we're looking at Mexico to date in 2025 and seen some economic slowdown. It can be related to remittances, which Rob highlighted, and so I think we have to be able to say, hey, if you look forward over a 3-year horizon, how various economies performed.
And so we kind of would assume kind of a return to an average type of historical growth, right? So -- maybe that will be new news, right? I mean we highlighted as a risk trade agreements. Who knows what that posturing can be '26 and '27, right? So just stay awake.
Charlie Rose with Cruiser Capital. The question I have is back to the stock market issue. Your multiples that you were showing all based on TTM analysis. And when you go forward, your multiple is even lower. It's probably in the 7s.
And then you look at your free cash flow yield and you look at your deleveraging effects. Is this industry ripe for some consolidation? Or is it just going to be bolt-on acquisitions? Or is it going to be some other distribution of dividends? Or what's the game we're playing because you're entering a new financial format that's different than it's been a couple of years ago when you were sort of adding on pieces of the puzzle to sort of reshape the company a bit.
Now you're in a game of, obviously, financially, integrating these businesses and getting the company on a trajectory of some form of steady improvement. So I don't quite get what the shareholder equation is yet because you are in a deleveraging mode that's quite remarkable. And it's good. I'm not saying it's bad. But the question is that how do you -- and I'm not trying to be negative. I'm trying to understand how does -- what's the -- what do you want to accomplish, what are aspirations maybe that you'd like to see realize as a result of...
Charlie, I may not have all the answers to your questions, but I'm going to state the 1 that's most obvious, I think, to us, right, which is the reason that we wanted to create a global Texture and Healthful Solutions segment, is to focus on the addressable market opportunity that we think is around the globe, right? Traditionally, we've had local idea labs.
We now have a centralized R&D team led by Mike, we have a global innovation focus across that, which is we're terming solutions. And I think that allows us not just to sell the next Texture, but to actually get into other products that offer either fiber fortification other means of Texture Solutions within specific categories, I think it allows us not only to go deeper within certain customers, but also into adjacencies that we will invest in all day long, right? And so right now, what we can see is an algorithm for Texture and Health Solutions, which is '26 and '27.
Trust me, the upside that these teams are working on, I think, is beyond that. right? We're just at this point, say, this is what we can see, but we're thinking about our innovation, we're thinking about our customer pipeline. As Mike has highlighted, we'll use M&A to accelerate that.
I think that profile of what Texture and Healthful looks like globally is really, I think, something that we're all striving for and as part of our purpose that we as team outlined.
Yes. I think that what we're striving for is to continue to execute extremely well and leverage the assets that we have to continue, to drive growth at a higher rate, an increase -- Jim and I were talking during the break about just accelerating the probability of success, which we think we can do with Texture and Healthful Solutions that will grow volumes, higher margins.
The other thing is and this is important, is there is an opportunity in our business to further increase fixed cost absorption through volume growth and a tremendous positive lever we believe from a standpoint of incremental value creation. So and at the same time, look, we are going to look to use our balance sheet to grow where we think M&A at a reasonable value at a value where we can create value long term for shareholders make sense for us. So that will be part of the equation going forward as well.
So this brings us to the end of our Q&A session. But the presenters as well as our extended management team will be around for lunch. So please join us in the next room for interactive lunch. Thank you.
Thank you.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
Ingredion Incorporated — Analyst/Investor Day - Ingredion Incorporated
Finanzdaten von Ingredion Incorporated
Umsatz
Der Umsatz stellt die Summe aller Einnahmen eines Unternehmens z. B. für dessen Produkte oder Dienstleistungen dar.
Umsatz (TTM) einfach erklärtDirekte Kosten
Direkte Kosten sind die Kosten, die direkt im Zusammenhang mit der Herstellung des Produkts oder der Dienstleistung entstehen.
Bruttoertrag
Der Bruttoertrag gibt an, wie viel vom Umsatz nach Abzug der direkten Herstellkosten im Unternehmen verbleibt. Berechnet man den prozentualen Anteil vom Umsatz, spricht man von der Bruttomarge (engl. Gross Margin).
Brutto Marge einfach erklärtVertriebs- und Verwaltungskosten
Die Vertriebs- & Verwaltungskosten (engl. Selling, General & Administrative expenses, kurz SG&A) beinhalten alle Aufwände für Marketing und den Verkauf sowie die allgemeine Verwaltung des Unternehmens.
Forschungs- und Entwicklungskosten
Die Forschungs- und Entwicklungskosten (engl. research & development costs, kurz R&D) geben Auskunft darüber, wie viel das Unternehmen in die Forschung und die Entwicklung seiner Produkte investiert. Vor allem prozentual vom Umsatz und im Vergleich zu direkten Wettbewerbern sind die Kosten interessant.
EBITDA
Das EBITDA (Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization) ist der Gewinn des Unternehmens vor Zinsen, Steuern und Abschreibungen. Berechnet man den prozentualen Anteil vom Umsatz, spricht man von der EBITDA-Marge.
Abschreibungen
Abschreibungen stellen Wertminderungen von Vermögensgegenständen des Unternehmens dar (z.B. durch Abnutzung von Maschinen).
EBIT (Operatives Ergebnis)
Das EBIT (engl. Earnings Before Interest and Taxes) ist der Gewinn des Unternehmens vor Zinsen und Steuern, das auch als operatives Ergebnis bezeichnet wird. Berechnet man den prozentualen Anteil vom Umsatz, spricht man von
der EBIT-Marge.
Nettogewinn
Der Nettogewinn stellt den Gewinn oder Verlust nach Abzug aller Kosten dar.
Nettogewinn einfach erklärtaktien.guide Premium
| Jun '26 |
+/-
%
|
||
| Umsatz | 7.215 7.215 |
1 %
1 %
100 %
|
|
| - Direkte Kosten | 5.503 5.503 |
1 %
1 %
76 %
|
|
| Bruttoertrag | 1.712 1.712 |
8 %
8 %
24 %
|
|
| - Vertriebs- und Verwaltungskosten | - - |
-
-
|
|
| - Forschungs- und Entwicklungskosten | - - |
-
-
|
|
| EBITDA | 1.151 1.151 |
12 %
12 %
16 %
|
|
| - Abschreibungen | 224 224 |
4 %
4 %
3 %
|
|
| EBIT (Operatives Ergebnis) EBIT | 927 927 |
15 %
15 %
13 %
|
|
| Nettogewinn | 592 592 |
12 %
12 %
8 %
|
|
Angaben in Millionen USD.
Nichts mehr verpassen! Wir senden Dir alle News zur Ingredion Incorporated-Aktie direkt und kostenlos in Deine Mailbox.
Auf Wunsch erhältst Du jeden Morgen pünktlich zum Frühstück eine E-Mail, die alle für Dich relevanten Aktien-News enthält.
Ingredion Incorporated Aktie News
Firmenprofil
Ingredion, Inc. produziert und vertreibt Süßstoff, Stärke, Nahrungsinhaltsstoffe und Biomateriallösungen, die aus der Nassvermahlung und Verarbeitung von Mais und anderen stärkebasierten Materialien stammen. Zu den Aktivitäten des Unternehmens gehört die Verarbeitung von Mais, Tapioka, Kartoffeln und anderen Gemüse- und Obstsorten zu Mehrwert-Ingredienzien und Biomaterialien für die Lebensmittel-, Getränke-, Papier- und Wellpappen-, Brau- und andere Industrien. Das Unternehmen wurde 1906 gegründet und hat seinen Hauptsitz in Westchester, IL.
aktien.guide Premium
| Hauptsitz | USA |
| CEO | Mr. Zallie |
| Mitarbeiter | 11.200 |
| Gegründet | 1906 |
| Webseite | www.ingredion.com |


